ML18151A628: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
Line 17: Line 17:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:=~----~, ", fl .,. '),t ,/ . -e VIRGINIA ELECTRIC AND POWER COMPANY RICHMOND, VIRGINIA 23261 July 23, 1999 United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission Attention:
{{#Wiki_filter:=~---- ~,
Document Control Desk Washington, D. C. 20555-0001 Gentlemen:
                                          -
VIRGINIA ELECTRIC AND POWER COMPANY SURRY POWER STATION UNITS 1 AND 2 Serial No. SS&UBAG Docket No. License No. REVISIONS TO EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES 99-379 RO 50-280 50-281 DPR-32 DPR-37 Pursuant to 10 CFR 50.54(q), enclosed are revisions to four Surry Power Station Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures.
", fl .,.
The revisions do not implement actions which decrease the effectiveness of our Emergency Plan. The Emergency Plan and Implementing Procedures continue to meet the standards of 10 CFR 50.47(b).
e
Please update your manual by performing the actions described in the enclosed tabulation of changes. Very truly yours, E. S. Grecheck Site Vice President Enclosure Commitments contained in this letter: None. cc: U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (2 copies) Region II Atlanta Federal Center --Ao~5 _ 61 Forsyth Street S.W., Suite 23T85 Atlanta, Georgia 30303 Mr. R. A. Musser NRC Senior Resident Inspector Surry Power Station 9907300031 990723 F PDR ADOCK 05000280 , ' PDR'
            '),t
' *. \,a'" ** J '
    ,/     .
* e Serial No. 99-379 Surry EPIP Revisions VIRGINIA ELECTRIC AND POWER COMPANY REVISION TO SURRY POWER STATION EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE Enclosed are rev1s1ons to Surry Power Station Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures.
VIRGINIA ELECTRIC AND POWER COMPANY RICHMOND, VIRGINIA 23261 July 23, 1999 United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission               Serial No. 99-379 Attention: Document Control Desk                           SS&UBAG      RO Washington, D. C. 20555-0001                               Docket No. 50-280 50-281 License No. DPR-32 DPR-37 Gentlemen:
Please take the following actions in order to keep your manual updated with the most recent revisions.
VIRGINIA ELECTRIC AND POWER COMPANY SURRY POWER STATION UNITS 1 AND 2 REVISIONS TO EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES Pursuant to 10 CFR 50.54(q), enclosed are revisions to four Surry Power Station Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures. The revisions do not implement actions which decrease the effectiveness of our Emergency Plan. The Emergency Plan and Implementing Procedures continue to meet the standards of 10 CFR 50.47(b). Please update your manual by performing the actions described in the enclosed tabulation of changes.
REMOVE AND EFFECTIVE INSERT: DESTROY: DATE: EPIP-4.02, Rev. 18., ,,...,,--09/10/98 EPIP-4.02, Rev. 19 EPIP-4.16, Rev. 13 t / 08/05/98 EPIP-4.16, Rev. 14 EPIP-4.21, Rev. 7 Y ../ 05/01/94 EPIP-4.21, Rev. 8 ./' EPIP-4.30, Rev. 6V V 10/14/98 EPIP-4.30, Rev. 7 Emergency Plan Privacy and Proprietary Material have been removed. Reference Generic Letter No. 81-27 EFFECTIVE DATE: 07/22/99 07/22/99 07/22/99 07/22/99  
Very truly yours,
.j * *
                  ~D~
* NUMBER PIP-4.02 PROCEDURE TITLE RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING PROCEDURE (With 2 Attachments)  
E. S. Grecheck Site Vice President Enclosure Commitments contained in this letter: None.
/ RE,VISION  
cc:   U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (2 copies)
/ 18 / PAGE // 1 of 20 PURPOSE Establish a radiation protection program during an dispatch o monitoring teams). eme rg/en/c/y/ ./ (including the ./ / ~// / // ENTRY CONDITIONS  
Region II Atlanta Federal Center 61 Forsyth Street S.W., Suite 23T85 Ao~5 _  --
/' Any one of the following:
Atlanta, Georgia 30303 Mr. R. A. Musser NRC Senior Resident Inspector Surry Power Station 9907300031 990723 PDR ADOCK 05000280 F                , ' PDR'
: 1. Emergency classification o/f -an Alert. Site Area Emergency or General Emergency . 2. Activation by EPIP-4.01.;~ADIOLOGI AL ASSESSMENT DIRECTOR CONTROLLING PROCEDURE. . / I 3. Whenever deemed ne~ssary by the RadioJogical Assessment Director.
 
I / I I //' I / /1 / / / / / I /' APPROVAL RECOMMENDED SNSOC /DATE .l* '--:?. / / ~' <:. /_; . /~ p 'f}6fa,f, CHAIRMAN SNSOC APPROVAL STATION MANAGER APPROVAL DATE EFFECTIVE Form No. 72375B(Apr 91)'
e
' ....... ! * \ ) *
    ' *. \,a'"
* NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.02 RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING 18 STEP PROCEDURE ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 1 INITIATE PROCEDURE:
** J '
* By: Date: Time: 2 ESTABLISH RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR (RPS) OFFICE: a) Evaluate HP area radiation levels: 1) Do surveys and sampling 2) Use fri skers. personnel contamination monitors and count room analysis equipment for indications of abnormal readings b) Verify HP area -HABITABLE c) Establish RPS Office in Supervisor HP (Operations)
* Serial No. 99-379 Surry EPIP Revisions VIRGINIA ELECTRIC AND POWER COMPANY REVISION TO SURRY POWER STATION EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE Enclosed are rev1s1ons to Surry Power Station Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures. Please take the following actions in order to keep your manual updated with the most recent revisions.
Office PAGE 2 of 20 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED b) lI HP area NOT habitable, THEN do the following:
REMOVE AND                     EFFECTIVE     INSERT:             EFFECTIVE DESTROY:                       DATE:                             DATE:
EPIP-4.02, Rev. 18., ,,...,,--     09/10/98 EPIP-4.02, Rev. 19       07/22/99 EPIP-4.16, Rev. 13t  /             08/05/98 EPIP-4.16, Rev. 14       07/22/99
                                        ../
EPIP-4.21, Rev. 7 Y               05/01/94 EPIP-4.21, Rev. 8         07/22/99
                                                  ./'
V EPIP-4.30, Rev. 6V               10/14/98 EPIP-4.30, Rev. 7         07/22/99 Emergency Plan Privacy and Proprietary Material have been removed.
Reference Generic Letter No. 81-27
 
  .j
* NUMBER PIP-4.02 PROCEDURE TITLE RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING PROCEDURE (With 2 Attachments)
                                                                                                      //
                                                                                                          /
                                                                                                            /
RE,VISION PAGE 1 of 20 18
                                                                                                  /
PURPOSE
                                                                                          /en/c/y/
Establish a radiation protection program during an eme ./rg                          (including the dispatch o monitoring teams).
                                                                                    /
                                                                                      ./
                                                                                ~//
                                                                      //
                                                                              /
ENTRY CONDITIONS                                           /'
Any one of the following:
: 1. Emergency classification o/f-an Alert. Site Area Emergency or General
* Emergency .
: 2. Activation by EPIP-4.01.;~ADIOLOGI AL ASSESSMENT DIRECTOR CONTROLLING PROCEDURE.                 .       /
I
: 3. Whenever deemed ne~ssary by the RadioJogical Assessment Director.
I
                                            /
                                              /'
                                          /
                                        /
                                      /
                                    /
                                //'
I
                            /
                          /1 I
                      /
I I
APPROVAL RECOMMENDED                       SNSOC       APPROVAL                        APPROVAL          EFFECTIVE
        .l*~~~-
DATE
            '--:?. ~            /           //DATE
    ~' <:. /_; . /~                             'f}6fa,f,
* p CHAIRMAN SNSOC                                         STATION MANAGER Form No. 72375B(Apr 91)'
 
          '
  ....... !
NUMBER                           PROCEDURE TITLE                           REVISION EPIP-4.02           RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING 18
* PROCEDURE PAGE 2 of 20 STEP       ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                   RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 1 INITIATE PROCEDURE:
* By:
Date:
Time:
2 ESTABLISH RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR (RPS) OFFICE:
a) Evaluate HP area radiation levels:
\
: 1) Do surveys and sampling
)
  *
: 2) Use fri skers. personnel contamination monitors and count room analysis equipment for indications of abnormal readings b) Verify HP area - HABITABLE           b) lI HP area NOT habitable, THEN do the following:
: 1) Establsh RPS Office in a habitable area (consider DSC, ALARA Office. Alternate
: 1) Establsh RPS Office in a habitable area (consider DSC, ALARA Office. Alternate
* DSC or Emergency Switchgear Room). 2) Notify Exposure Control personnel.
* DSC or Emergency Switchgear Room).
: 3) GO TO Step 3. -4*
: 2) Notify Exposure Control personnel.
* *
: 3) GO TO Step 3.
* NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.02 RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING 18 PROCEDURE PAGE 3 of 20 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 3 ESTABLISH COMMUNICATIONS:
c) Establish RPS Office in Supervisor HP (Operations)
a) Check TSC -ACTIVATED b) Notify RAD that RPS Office has been established c) Coordinate establishment of Radiological Protection Communications Network between the following locations (as permitted by personnel av a i l ab i l i ty ) :
Office
  *                                                                                                -4*
 
NUMBER                               PROCEDURE TITLE                           REVISION RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING EPIP-4.02                                 PROCEDURE                                  18
* STEP       ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                       RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED PAGE 3 of 20 3  ESTABLISH COMMUNICATIONS:
a) Check TSC - ACTIVATED                     a) GO TO Step 3.d.
b) Notify RAD that RPS Office has been established c) Coordinate establishment of Radiological Protection Communications Network between the following locations (as permitted by personnel av a i l ab i l i ty ) :
* TSC
* TSC
* RPS Office
* RPS Office
* Chemistry
* Chemistry
* osc d) Do radio checks: 1) Get portable HP radios, chargers and batteries
*
: 2) Use appropriate Announce/Talk Group(s) 3) Verify radio operability 4 ESTABLISH ACCESS CONTROL: a) Assign individual to control RCA access or to rope off RCA entrance b) Limit RCA access to approved individuals a) GO TO Step 3.d. 3) Notify RAD of radio inoperability. 
* osc d) Do radio checks:
*-* *
: 1) Get portable HP radios, chargers and batteries
* NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.02 RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING 18 PROCEDURE PAGE 4 of 20 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 5 ESTABLISH EXPOSURE CONTROL: a) Have Exposure Control personnel initiate EPIP-4.27, EXPOSURE CONTROL EMERGENCY RESPONSE b) Notify Exposure Control personnel of HP area habitability 6 EVALUATE HP READINESS:
: 2) Use appropriate Announce/Talk Group(s)
: 3) Verify radio operability                 3) Notify RAD of radio inoperability.
4 ESTABLISH ACCESS CONTROL:
a) Assign individual to control RCA access or to rope off RCA entrance b) Limit RCA access to approved individuals
* NUMBER                           PROCEDURE TITLE                           REVISION
*- EPIP-4.02           RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING                 18 PROCEDURE
* STEP       ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                   RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED PAGE 4 of 20
    ~~    5 ESTABLISH EXPOSURE CONTROL:
a) Have Exposure Control personnel initiate EPIP-4.27, EXPOSURE CONTROL EMERGENCY RESPONSE b) Notify Exposure Control personnel of HP area habitability
    ~~    6 EVALUATE HP READINESS:
a) Identify available HP resources:
a) Identify available HP resources:
* Have on-duty HP staff report to HP area
* Have on-duty HP staff report to HP area
* Have Exposure Control provide number and location of personnel on shift b) Notify RAD of HP readiness 7 ASSIGN INPLANT/ONSITE TEAMS: a) Check personnel available for assignment as inplant and onsite team leaders b) Assign team leaders c) Assign inplant and onsite monitoring EPIP packages to team leaders d) Assign one team member for each inplant and onsite team a) GO TO Step 8. 
*
..) --* *
* Have Exposure Control provide number and location of personnel on shift b) Notify RAD of HP readiness
* NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVIS ION EPIP-4.02 RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING 18 PROCEDURE STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE GET STATUS UPDATE FROM RAD:
    ~~    7 ASSIGN INPLANT/ONSITE TEAMS:
a) Check personnel available for         a) GO TO Step 8.
assignment as inplant and onsite team leaders b) Assign team leaders c) Assign inplant and onsite monitoring EPIP packages to team leaders d) Assign one team member for each inplant and onsite team
*
 
  ..)
NUMBER                           PROCEDURE TITLE                           REVIS ION
--    EPIP-4.02             RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING 18
* PROCEDURE PAGE 5 of 20 STEP         ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
        ~~8      GET STATUS UPDATE FROM RAD:
* Emergency classification
* Emergency classification
* Plant status
* Plant status
* Meteorological status
* Meteorological status
* HP assistance required
* HP assistance required
* Areas requiring monitoring (e.g .. Chemistry Office, Security) 9 ASSIGN INDIVIDUAL TO MONITOR TEAM DISPATCH USING ATTACHMENT 1, MONITORING TEAM LOCATIONS PAGE 5 of 20 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED ....
* Areas requiring monitoring (e.g .. Chemistry Office, Security) 9 ASSIGN INDIVIDUAL TO MONITOR TEAM DISPATCH USING ATTACHMENT 1,
* * *
* MONITORING TEAM LOCATIONS
* NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.02 RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING 18 PROCEDURE STEP PAGE 6 of 20 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
*                                                                                              ....
* NUMBER                           PROCEDURE TITLE                           REVISION EPIP-4.02           RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING                 18
* PROCEDURE PAGE 6 of 20 STEP        ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                   RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
* A m1n1mum of 2 (two) Offsite Monitoring Teams must be dispatched, i.e .. sent into the field, at a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency.
* A m1n1mum of 2 (two) Offsite Monitoring Teams must be dispatched, i.e .. sent into the field, at a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency.
* Emergency conditions may require immediate implementation of radiological protection response actions. Attachments to this procedure and associated documentation may be completed after the fact should these conditions exist. 10 CHECK ANY OF THE FOLLOWING ACTIONS REQUIRED (BASED ON CONSULTATION WITH RAD OR DEGRADING RADIOLOGICAL CONDITIONS):
* Emergency conditions may require immediate implementation of radiological protection response actions. Attachments to this procedure and associated documentation may be completed after the fact should these conditions exist.
10 CHECK ANY OF THE FOLLOWING ACTIONS       GO TO Step 22.
REQUIRED (BASED ON CONSULTATION WITH RAD OR DEGRADING RADIOLOGICAL CONDITIONS):
* EOP and Accident Mitigation Task support: GO TO Step 11
* EOP and Accident Mitigation Task support: GO TO Step 11
* Inplant monitoring  
* Inplant monitoring - GO TO Step 12
-GO TO Step 12
*
* Onsite monitoring  
* Onsite monitoring - GO TO Step 13
-GO TO Step 13
* Brief Inplant/Onsite Monitoring or Damage Control Teams -
* Brief Inplant/Onsite Monitoring or Damage Control Teams -Initiate Attachment 2, TEAM BRIEFING
Initiate Attachment 2, TEAM BRIEFING
* Offsite monitoring  
* Offsite monitoring - GO TO NOTE prior to Step 14
-GO TO NOTE prior to Step 14
* Control Room/TSC/OSC/LEOF monitoring - GO TO Step 15
* Control Room/TSC/OSC/LEOF monitoring  
* Contaminated personnel - GO TO Step 16
-GO TO Step 15
* Evacuation Monitoring ~GOTO Step 18
* Contaminated personnel  
* Request for Post Accident Sampling - GO TO Step 19
-GO TO Step 16
* Respiratory Protection - GO TO Step 20
* Evacuation Monitoring  
* Rec~ipt of sample analysis data - GO TO Step 21
~GOTO Step 18
*
* Request for Post Accident Sampling -GO TO Step 19
* I I NUMBER                           PROCEDURE TITLE                           REVISION RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING                18 EPIP-4.02
* Respiratory Protection  
* PROCEDURE PAGE 7 of 20 STEP        ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE:   Tasks to prevent/reduce core damage or terminate a radiological release may be identified as Accident Mitigation Tasks and as such should be expedited by all practical means.
-GO TO Step 20
11
* Rec~ipt of sample analysis data -GO TO Step 21 GO TO Step 22.
* I I * *
* NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.02 RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING 18 PROCEDURE STEP PAGE 7 of 20 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE: Tasks to prevent/reduce core damage or terminate a radiological release may be identified as Accident Mitigation Tasks and as such should be expedited by all practical means. 11
* PROVIDE SUPPORT FOR EMERGENCY OPERATING PROCEDURE (EOP) AND ACCIDENT MITIGATION TASK ACTIVITIES, AS NEEDED:
* PROVIDE SUPPORT FOR EMERGENCY OPERATING PROCEDURE (EOP) AND ACCIDENT MITIGATION TASK ACTIVITIES, AS NEEDED:
* Assure EOP and Accident Mitigation Task teams are expedited through HP
* Assure EOP and Accident Mitigation Task teams are expedited through HP
* Update RAD about HP support in progress t t ., *
* Update RAD about HP support in progress
* NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.02 RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING 18 PROCEDURE PAGE 8 of 20 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 12 INITIATE INPLANT MONITORING:
*
a) Consult with RAD to determine location and type of surveys required b) Ask for assessment of radiological hazards in area of surveys c) Verify Inplant Monitoring Team Leader assigned d) Do briefing with Team Leader: 1) Have Team Leader initiate EPIP-4.14, INPLANT MONITORING
* t t
: 2) Give Team Leader location and type of surveys required 3) Determine route of entry that should minimize exposure 4) Assign team number 5) Assign the following:
.,
* Portable radio
NUMBER                           PROCEDURE TITLE                           REVISION EPIP-4.02           RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING                   18 PROCEDURE PAGE 8 of 20 STEP       ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                   RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 12 INITIATE INPLANT MONITORING:
* Radio talk group e) Complete Attachment 2, TEAM BRIEFING f) Dispatch team(s) g) Notify RAD when survey information is received and when team returns h) RETURN TO Step 10 c) Assign Inplant Monitoring Team Leader. 5) l.E. radio NOT available, THEN have team use Gai-Tronics system for communications. 
a) Consult with RAD to determine location and type of surveys required b) Ask for assessment of radiological hazards in area of surveys c) Verify Inplant Monitoring Team        c) Assign Inplant Monitoring Team Leader assigned                         Leader.
* *
d) Do briefing with Team Leader:
* NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.02 RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING 18 PROCEDURE PAGE 9 of 20 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 13 INITIATE ONSITE MONITORING:
: 1) Have Team Leader initiate EPIP-4.14, INPLANT MONITORING
a) Consult with RAD to determine location and type of surveys required b) Ask for assessment of radiological hazards in area of surveys c) Check if transportation required d) Assign vehicle (duplicate keys to vehicles are located in the Supv. HP Operations office key locker) e) Verify Onsite Monitoring Team Leader assigned f) Do briefing with Team Leader: 1) Have Team Leader initiate EPIP-4.15, ONSITE MONITORING
* 2) Give Team Leader location and type of surveys required
: 2) Give Team Leader location and type of surveys requ{red 3) Assign team number 4) Assign the following:
: 3) Determine route of entry that should minimize exposure
* Radio (portable or mobile)
: 4) Assign team number
* Radio talk group* g) Complete Attachment
: 5) Assign the following:                 5) l.E. radio NOT available, THEN have team use Gai-Tronics
: 2. TEAM BRIEFING h) Dispatch team(s) i) Notify RAD when survey information is received and when team returns j) RETURN TO Step 10 c) GO TO Step 13.e. e) Assign Onsite Monitoring Team Leader. 4) lI radio NOT available, THEN have team use Gai-Tronics system for communications. 
* Portable radio                         system for communications.
* *
* Radio talk group e) Complete Attachment 2, TEAM BRIEFING f) Dispatch team(s) g) Notify RAD when survey information is received and when team returns h) RETURN TO Step 10
* NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.02 RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING 18 PROCEDURE PAGE 10 of 20 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
* NUMBER                           PROCEDURE TITLE                           REVISION EPIP-4.02           RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING PROCEDURE                                  18
* CAUTION: Emergency Kits #1 and #2 have 120 Volt air samplers and friskers with AC power cords. Vehicles assigned to teams with these kits have to be equipped with an inverter or equipment substitutions must be made prior to team departure from the HP area. Emergency Kit #3 has a 12 Volt battery clamp air sampler. * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
* STEP       ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                   RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED PAGE 9 of 20 13 INITIATE ONSITE MONITORING:
* NOTE: Emergency Kit #1 is located in the Environmental Monitoring vehicle. Emergency Kits #2 and #3 are located in the Maintenance Services Building.
a) Consult with RAD to determine location and type of surveys required b) Ask for assessment of radiological hazards in area of surveys c) Check if transportation required     c) GO TO Step 13.e.
Instruments for these kits are stored separately in the HP Emergency Response Storage Area. 14 INITIATE OFFSITE MONITORING:
d) Assign vehicle (duplicate keys to vehicles are located in the Supv. HP Operations office key locker)
* e) Verify Onsite Monitoring Team        e) Assign Onsite Monitoring Team Leader assigned                         Leader.
f) Do briefing with Team Leader:
: 1) Have Team Leader initiate EPIP-4.15, ONSITE MONITORING
: 2) Give Team Leader location and type of surveys requ{red
: 3) Assign team number
: 4) Assign the following:                 4) lI radio NOT available, THEN have team use Gai-Tronics
* Radio (portable or mobile)           system for communications.
* Radio talk group*
g) Complete Attachment 2. TEAM BRIEFING h) Dispatch team(s) i) Notify RAD when survey information is received and when team returns
* j) RETURN TO Step 10
 
NUMBER                             PROCEDURE TITLE                           REVISION RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING                18 EPIP-4.02
* PROCEDURE PAGE 10 of 20 STEP         ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                   RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
    * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
* CAUTION:   Emergency Kits #1 and #2 have 120 Volt air samplers and friskers with AC power cords. Vehicles assigned to teams with these kits have to be equipped with an inverter or equipment substitutions must be made prior to team departure from the HP area. Emergency Kit #3 has a 12 Volt battery clamp air sampler.
    * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
* NOTE:   Emergency Kit #1 is located in the Environmental Monitoring vehicle.
Emergency Kits #2 and #3 are located in the Maintenance Services Building. Instruments for these kits are stored separately in the HP Emergency Response Storage Area.
* 14   INITIATE OFFSITE MONITORING:
a) Determine from RAD:
a) Determine from RAD:
* Need for offsite monitoring teams
* Need for offsite monitoring teams
* Number of offsite teams required
* Number of offsite teams required
* Initial location of each team b) Ask for assessment of possible radiological hazards in area of surveys c) Assign 2 individuals to each Offsite Monitoring Team (at least 1 an HP Tech) d) Assign vehicle (duplicate keys to vehicles are located in the Supv. HP Operations office key locker) e) Use EPIP-4.16, OFFSITE MONITORING to brief Team Leader f) RETURN TO Step 10
* Initial location of each team b) Ask for assessment of possible radiological hazards in area of surveys c) Assign 2 individuals to each Offsite Monitoring Team (at least 1 an HP Tech) d) Assign vehicle (duplicate keys to vehicles are located in the Supv. HP Operations office key locker) e) Use EPIP-4.16, OFFSITE
... * *
* MONITORING to brief Team Leader f) RETURN TO Step 10
* NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.02 RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING 18 PROCEDURE PAGE 11 of 20 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE: HP personnel should begin monitoring the LEOF within 60 minutes following declaration of an Alert or higher classification. 15 INITIATE CONTROL ROOM/TSC/OSC/LEOF MON ITO RI NG: a) Establish monitoring of emergency response centers b) Determine frequency of monitoring based on:
 
NUMBER                             PROCEDURE TITLE                           REVISION
...                        RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING EPIP-4.02                                                                         18
* PROCEDURE PAGE 11 of 20 STEP         ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                   RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE:   HP personnel should begin monitoring the LEOF within 60 minutes following declaration of an Alert or higher classification.
    ~~    15 INITIATE CONTROL ROOM/TSC/OSC/LEOF MON ITO RI NG:
a) Establish monitoring of emergency response centers b) Determine frequency of monitoring based on:
* Spread of contamination from service buildings
* Spread of contamination from service buildings
* Increase or decrease of effluent release
* Increase or decrease of
* effluent release
* Increase in emergency classification
* Increase in emergency classification
* Change in plume direction c) Assign EPIPs:
* Change in plume direction c) Assign EPIPs:
* EPIP-4.17, MONITORING OF EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITIES
* EPIP-4.17, MONITORING OF EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITIES
* EPIP-4.18, MONITORING OF LEOF d) Notify RAD as to the habitability of emergency response centers e) RETURN TO Step 10
* EPIP-4.18, MONITORING OF LEOF d) Notify RAD as to the habitability of emergency response centers e) RETURN TO Step 10
* *
* NUMBER                           PROCEDURE TITLE                           REVISION EPIP-4.02           RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING                 18
* NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.02 RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING 18 PROCEDURE PAGE 12 of 20 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 16 CHECK PERSONNEL  
* PROCEDURE PAGE 12 of 20 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 16 CHECK PERSONNEL - CONTAMINATED         RETURN TO Step 10.
-CONTAMINATED a) Check contaminated personnel  
a) Check contaminated personnel -      a) GO TO Step 16.d.
-INJURED b) Check transport to offsite medical facility -REQUIRED c) GO TO Step 17 d) Use normal station procedures to decontaminate individual Cs) and record results e) Notify RAD of results f) Identify location where individual(s) was contaminated g) Evaluate set-up of access controls h) RETURN TO Step 10 RETURN TO Step 10. a) GO TO Step 16.d. b) GO TO Step 16.d. 
INJURED b) Check transport to offsite           b) GO TO Step 16.d.
* *
medical facility - REQUIRED c) GO TO Step 17 d) Use normal station procedures to decontaminate individual Cs) and record results e) Notify RAD of results f) Identify location where
* NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.02 RAD I A TI ON PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING 18 PROCEDURE PAGE 13 of 20 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 17 HELP TRANSPORT CONTAMINATED INJURED PERSONNEL:
* individual(s) was contaminated g) Evaluate set-up of access controls h) RETURN TO Step 10
a) Do personnel surveys b) Check if decontamination prior to transport practical c) Use normal station decontamination procedures d) Notify RAD of need to transport contaminated personnel e) Assign HP Tech to accompany injured individual:
* NUMBER                               PROCEDURE TITLE                           REVISION EPIP-4.02             RAD I ATI ON PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING 18
* PROCEDURE PAGE 13 of 20 STEP         ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                     RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 17 HELP TRANSPORT CONTAMINATED INJURED PERSONNEL:
a) Do personnel surveys b) Check if decontamination prior           b) GO TO Step 17.d.
to transport practical c) Use normal station decontamination procedures d) Notify RAD of need to transport contaminated personnel e) Assign HP Tech to accompany injured individual:
*
: 1) Have HP Tech use normal HP procedure(s) for response to contaminated injured personnel
: 1) Have HP Tech use normal HP procedure(s) for response to contaminated injured personnel
: 2) Give HP Tech portable survey instrument f) Check if dosimetry needed by ambulance personnel
: 2) Give HP Tech portable survey instrument f) Check if dosimetry needed by             f) GO TO Step 17.h.
* g) Have HP Tech issue dosimetry h) Notify RAD when ambulance departs i) RETURN TO Step 10 b) GO TO Step 17.d. f) GO TO Step 17.h. 
ambulance personnel
* *
* g) Have HP Tech issue dosimetry h) Notify RAD when ambulance departs i) RETURN TO Step 10
* NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.02 RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTRITLLING 18 STEP PROCEDURE ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 18 INITIATE EVACUATION MONITORING:
* NUMBER                           PROCEDURE TITLE                           REVISION RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTRITLLING EPIP-4.02                             PROCEDURE                                  18
a) Check evacuation  
* STEP       ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                   RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED PAGE 14 of 20 18 INITIATE EVACUATION MONITORING:
-ORDERED b) GO TO Step 18.d c) Do the following when notified of pending evacuation:
a) Check evacuation - ORDERED           a) lE evacuation planned but NOT ordered, THEN GO TO Step 18.c.
b) GO TO Step 18.d c) Do the following when notified of pending evacuation:
: 1) Consult with RAD regarding need of additional onsite surveys to support evacuation
: 1) Consult with RAD regarding need of additional onsite surveys to support evacuation
: 2) Check surveys -REQUIRED 3) Dispatch Monitoring Teams to determine radiation and contamination levels 4) Notify RAD of survey results d) Assign EPIP-4.21, EVACUATION AND REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREA MONITORING e) Assign Evacuation and Remote Assembly Area monitoring kit located in Maintenance Services Building (Kit #4) f) Help team get transportation or make arrangements for transportation with Security g) Notify RAD when team is dispatched and when survey results are available h) RETURN TO Step 10 PAGE 14 of 20 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED a) lE evacuation planned but NOT ordered, THEN GO TO Step 18.c. 2) lE surveys NOT required, THEN GO TO Step 18.d. 
: 2) Check surveys - REQUIRED             2) lE surveys NOT required, THEN GO TO Step 18.d.
.-* *
*
* NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.02 RAD I A TI ON PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING 18 STEP PROCEDURE ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 19 INITIATE POST ACCIDENT SAMPLING MON ITO RING: a) Take inplant survey to determine dose rate at sample station b) Notify RAD of survey results c) Assign EPIPs:
: 3) Dispatch Monitoring Teams to determine radiation and contamination levels
: 4) Notify RAD of survey results d) Assign EPIP-4.21, EVACUATION AND REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREA MONITORING e) Assign Evacuation and Remote Assembly Area monitoring kit located in Maintenance Services Building (Kit #4) f) Help team get transportation or make arrangements for transportation with Security g) Notify RAD when team is dispatched and when survey results are available h) RETURN TO Step 10
*
 
.-
NUMBER                               PROCEDURE TITLE                           REVISION RAD I ATI ON PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING EPIP-4.02                                                                            18
* PROCEDURE PAGE 15 of 20 STEP         ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                     RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 19 INITIATE POST ACCIDENT SAMPLING MON ITO RING:
a) Take inplant survey to determine dose rate at sample station b) Notify RAD of survey results c) Assign EPIPs:
* EPIP-4.22, POST ACCIDENT SAMPLING OF CONTAINMENT AIR
* EPIP-4.22, POST ACCIDENT SAMPLING OF CONTAINMENT AIR
* EPIP-4.23, POST ACCIDENT SAMPLING OF REACTOR COOLANT
* EPIP-4.23, POST ACCIDENT SAMPLING OF REACTOR COOLANT
*
* EPIP-4.24, GASEOUS EFFLUENT SAMPLING DURING AN EMERGENCY
* EPIP-4.24, GASEOUS EFFLUENT SAMPLING DURING AN EMERGENCY
* EPIP-4.25, LIQUID EFFLUENT SAMPLING DURING AN EMERGENCY ct) Provide HP coverage during sampling and sample preparation e) RETURN TO Step 10 PAGE 15 of 20 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 
* EPIP-4.25, LIQUID EFFLUENT SAMPLING DURING AN EMERGENCY ct) Provide HP coverage during sampling and sample preparation e) RETURN TO Step 10
'' * *
*
* NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE EPIP-4.02 RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR PROCEDURE STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 20 EVALUATE RESPIRATORY PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS:
 
21 a) Evaluate the following:
  ''
NUMBER                           PROCEDURE TITLE                           REVISION RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING                18 EPIP-4.02
* PROCEDURE PAGE 16 of 20 STEP       ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 20 EVALUATE RESPIRATORY PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS:
a) Evaluate the following:
* Airborne activity
* Airborne activity
* Presence of noxious gases or oxygen deficient air b) Evaluate the need for recommending relocation of non-essential personnel from affected areas c) Evaluate the need for initiating EPIP-4.05, RESPIRATORY PROTECTION d) RETURN TO Step 10 NOTIFY RAD WHEN ANY OF THE FOLLOWING SAMPLE ANALYSIS RESULTS RECEIVED:
* Presence of noxious gases or oxygen deficient air b) Evaluate the need for recommending relocation of non-essential personnel from affected areas c) Evaluate the need for initiating EPIP-4.05,
* RESPIRATORY PROTECTION d) RETURN TO Step 10 21  NOTIFY RAD WHEN ANY OF THE FOLLOWING SAMPLE ANALYSIS RESULTS RECEIVED:
* Sample analysis data requested by RAD
* Sample analysis data requested by RAD
* Aonormal or unexpected analysis data REVISION CONTROLLING 18 PAGE 16 of 20 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 
* Aonormal or unexpected analysis data
* *
* NUMBER                           PROCEDURE TITLE                           REVISION EPIP-4.02           RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING                   18
* NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.02 RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING 18 STEP PROCEDURE ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 22 IDENTIFY ADDITIONAL ACCESS CONTROL REQUIREMENTS:
* PROCEDURE PAGE 17 of 20 STEP       ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                   RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 22 IDENTIFY ADDITIONAL ACCESS CONTROL REQUIREMENTS:
a) Check if abnormal radiological conditions exist:
a) Check if abnormal radiological        a) lI NO abnormal radiological conditions exist:                        conditions, THEN do the following:
* Airborne contamination greater than 0.30 DAC
* Airborne contamination greater than 0.30 DAC                 1) Use normal station access control procedures.
* Deposition greater than 1000 dpm per 100 cm2
* Deposition greater than 1000 dpm per 100 cm2                       2) GO TO Step 23.
* Area dose rate greater than 1000 mR/hr b) Consult with RAD about areas for which access is to be controlled c) Establish access control by:
* Area dose rate greater than 1000 mR/hr b) Consult with RAD about areas for which access is to be
* controlled c) Establish access control by:
* Requiring HP notification prior to entry
* Requiring HP notification prior to entry
* Roping and posting affected areas d) Evaluate HP area radiation levels: 1) Do surveys and sampling 2) Use fri skers, personnel contamination monitors and count room analysis equipment for indications of abnormal readings PAGE 17 of 20 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED a) lI NO abnormal radiological conditions, THEN do the following:
* Roping and posting affected areas d) Evaluate HP area radiation levels:
: 1) Use normal station access control procedures.
: 1) Do surveys and sampling
: 2) GO TO Step 23. 
: 2) Use fri skers, personnel contamination monitors and count room analysis equipment for indications of abnormal readings
* * * ----**=1 NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION . ! EPIP-4.02 RAD I A TI ON PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING 18 PROCEDURE STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE __ 23 EVALUATE STAFFING REQUIREMENTS:
*
a) Consult with RAD about projected duration of emergency b) Check if relief schedule and/or increased staffing schedule required c) Prepare schedule d) Give schedule to RAD for approval e) Check schedule -APPROVED f) Perform callout of personnel g) Notify RAD when callout complete 24 CHECK RELIEF -AVAILABLE 25 TRANSFER RESPONSIBILITIES TO RELIEF: a) Notify successor about plant conditions and HP actions underway b) Notify RAD of change of position c) Stay with new RPS for approximately 30 minutes to facilitate turnover PAGE 18 of 20 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED b) GO TO Step 24. e) GO TO Step 24. 1.&#xa3;. NO relief available.
 
THEN GO TO Step 26. ___ _J 
                                                                                ----**=1     . !
; * *
NUMBER                             PROCEDURE TITLE                             REVISION RAD I ATI ON PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING EPIP-4.02                              PROCEDURE 18
* NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.02 RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING 18 PROCEDURE STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 26 CONTINUE ASSESSMENT:
* STEP       ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                     RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED PAGE 18 of 20
a) Check if emergency condition still exists b) Verify initial TSC communications established c) Do the following:
_ _ 23   EVALUATE STAFFING REQUIREMENTS:
: 1) RETURN TO Step 8 2) Have survey(s) and sampling repeated as necessary to determine/monitor onsite radiological conditions 27 SECURE FROM EMERGENCY:
a) Consult with RAD about projected duration of emergency b) Check if relief schedule and/or       b) GO TO Step 24.
a) Notify HP staff b) Maintain access control c) Consult with RAD about reco~ery actions d) Restore procedures and equipment used during the emergency PAGE 19 of 20 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED a) GO TO Step 27. b) WHEN TSC activated, THEN establish communications with RAD. 
increased staffing schedule required c) Prepare schedule d) Give schedule to RAD for approval e) Check schedule - APPROVED             e) GO TO Step 24.
'' * *
f) Perform callout of personnel
* NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.02 RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING 18 STEP PROCEDURE ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 28 TERMINATE EPIP-4.02:
* 24 g) Notify RAD when callout complete CHECK RELIEF - AVAILABLE                 1.&#xa3;. NO relief available. THEN GO TO Step 26.
25 TRANSFER RESPONSIBILITIES TO RELIEF:
a) Notify successor about plant conditions and HP actions underway b) Notify RAD of change of position c) Stay with new RPS for approximately 30 minutes to facilitate turnover
* ____J
 
;
NUMBER                           PROCEDURE TITLE                           REVISION EPIP-4.02           RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING PROCEDURE                                  18
* STEP       ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED PAGE 19 of 20
  ~~    26 CONTINUE ASSESSMENT:
a) Check if emergency condition         a) GO TO Step 27.
still exists b) Verify initial TSC                   b) WHEN TSC activated, THEN communications established             establish communications with RAD.
c) Do the following:
: 1) RETURN TO Step 8
: 2) Have survey(s) and sampling repeated as necessary to determine/monitor onsite radiological conditions
* ~~    27 SECURE FROM EMERGENCY:
a) Notify HP staff b) Maintain access control c) Consult with RAD about reco~ery actions d) Restore procedures and equipment used during the emergency
*
 
  ''
NUMBER                           PROCEDURE TITLE                           REVISION RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING EPIP-4.02                                                                       18
* PROCEDURE PAGE 20 of 20 STEP       ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 28 TERMINATE EPIP-4.02:
* Give completed EPIP-4.02, forms and other applicable records to the RAD
* Give completed EPIP-4.02, forms and other applicable records to the RAD
* Completed by: Date: Time: -END-PAGE 20 of 20 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED *"'
* Completed by:
, r t J NUMBER ATTACHMENT TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.02 18
Date:
* ATTACHMENT MONITORING TEAM LOCATIONS PAGE 1 1 of 1 TEAM MEMBERS RADIO LOCATION TIME NUMBER TALK GROUP *
Time:
* NUMBER ATTACHMENT TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.02 TEAM BRIEFING FORM 18
                                              -END-
* ATTACHMENT PAGE 2 1 of 1 SECTION 1: (TO BE COMPLETED BY TEAM LEADER) DATE ___ _ TIME DISPATCHED
*
___ _ TEAM DESIGNATION
*                                                                                          *"'
___ TASK*----------------------------~
 
LOCATION ___________________________
  , r t J NUMBER               ATTACHMENT TITLE       REVISION EPIP-4.02                                         18
_ EXPECTED CONDIT IONS ______________________
* ATTACHMENT           MONITORING TEAM LOCATIONS   PAGE 1                                       1 of 1 TEAM MEMBERS   RADIO         LOCATION TIME NUMBER           TALK GROUP
_ DOSE RATES __________________________
*
_ CONTAMINATION LEVELS ______________________ SECTION 2: (TO BE COMPLETED BY INDIVIDUAL GIVING BRIEFING)
* NUMBER                             ATTACHMENT TITLE                         REVISION EPIP-4.02                         TEAM BRIEFING FORM                             18
* ATTACHMENT                                                                     PAGE 2                                                                       1 of 1 SECTION 1: (TO BE COMPLETED BY TEAM LEADER)
DATE _ _ __          TIME DISPATCHED _ _ __        TEAM DESIGNATION _ _ _~
TASK*----------------------------~
LOCATION _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
EXPECTED CONDIT IONS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
DOSE RATES _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
CONTAMINATION LEVELS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~
SECTION 2: (TO BE COMPLETED BY INDIVIDUAL GIVING BRIEFING)
RADIO TALK GROUP:
RADIO TALK GROUP:
* TEAM PERSONNEL DATA NAME TLD REMAINING DOSE RESP. QUAL. Y/N DOSE & STAY TIME _______________________
* TEAM PERSONNEL DATA NAME                       TLD     REMAINING DOSE   RESP. QUAL. Y/N DOSE & STAY TIME _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
_ PROTECTIVE CLOTHING/RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FULL PCs w/PLASTICS w/o PLASTICS __ PAPER SU IT ONLY STREET CLOTHES SCBA __ PAPR __ FULL FACE __ COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT
PROTECTIVE CLOTHING/RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FULL PCs w/PLASTICS           w/o PLASTICS _ _      PAPER SU IT ONLY STREET CLOTHES               SCBA_ _      PAPR_ _      FULL FACE _ _
___________ (DO NOT USE RADIO IN ESGR) SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS
COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~ (DO NOT USE RADIO IN ESGR)
______________________
SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
_ * 
*
'. * *
 
* NUMBER EPIP-4.16 PURPOSE Level 2 Controlled Distribution
'.
* Maintained ljqltllll,Iffih'&~ar!Pl(D&lllE)R Do not removegoi"~QlOJWPJM fQrrfi.Eflro<<ork EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE PROCEDURE TITLE OFFSITE MONITORING (With 3 Attachments)
Level 2 Controlled Distribution
REVISION 13 PAGE 1 of 16 To provide guidance for Offsite Monitoring Teams in obtaining equipment, tracking the plume, taking samples and transmitting data. ENTRY CONDITIONS Entry from EPIP-4.02, RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING PROCEDURE . APPROVAL RECOMMENDED CHAIRMAN SNSOC SNSOC DATE APPROVAL STATION MANAGER APPROVAL DATE EFFECTIVE DATE Form No. 723758(Apr
* Maintained ljqltllll,Iffih'&~ar!Pl(D&lllE)R Do not removegoi"~QlOJWPJM fQrrfi.Eflro<<ork EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE
: 91)
* NUMBER EPIP-4.16 PROCEDURE TITLE OFFSITE MONITORING (With 3 Attachments)
.. NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION
REVISION 13 PAGE 1 of 16 PURPOSE To provide guidance for Offsite Monitoring Teams in obtaining equipment, tracking the plume, taking samples and transmitting data.
* EPIP-4.16 OFFSITE MONITORING 13 PAGE 2 of 16 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 1 INITIATE PROCEDURE:
ENTRY CONDITIONS Entry from EPIP-4.02, RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING PROCEDURE .
* By: Date: Time: * * 
* APPROVAL RECOMMENDED         SNSOC             APPROVAL                   APPROVAL     EFFECTIVE DATE                                         DATE        DATE
* *
* CHAIRMAN SNSOC                                  STATION MANAGER Form No. 723758(Apr 91)
* NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.16 OFFSITE MONITORING 13 PAGE 3 of 16 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
 
* CAUTION: Emergency Kits #1 and #2 have 120 Volt air samplers and friskers with AC power cords. The vehicle assigned to the team with one of these kits has to be equipped with an inverter or equipment substitutions must be made prior to the team's departure from the HP area. Emergency Kit #3 has a 12 Volt battery clamp air sampler. * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
      ..
NUMBER                         PROCEDURE TITLE                         REVISION
* EPIP-4.16                       OFFSITE MONITORING                           13 PAGE 2 of 16 STEP       ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE               RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 1 INITIATE PROCEDURE:
* By:
Date:
Time:
*
* NUMBER                           PROCEDURE TITLE                         REVISION
* EPIP-4.16                         OFFSITE MONITORING                           13 PAGE 3 of 16 STEP         ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
    * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
* CAUTION:   Emergency Kits #1 and #2 have 120 Volt air samplers and friskers with AC power cords. The vehicle assigned to the team with one of these kits has to be equipped with an inverter or equipment substitutions must be made prior to the team's departure from the HP area.
Emergency Kit #3 has a 12 Volt battery clamp air sampler.
    * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
* NOTE:
* NOTE:
* Offsite Monitoring Teams consist of 2 individuals.
* Offsite Monitoring Teams consist of 2 individuals. one being an HP Technician.
one being an HP Technician.
* Emergency Kit #1 is located in the Environmental Monitoring vehicle. Emergency Kits #2 and #3 are located in the Maintenance
* Emergency Kit #1 is vehicle. Emergency Services Building.
* Services Building. Instruments are stored separately in the HP Emergency Response Storage area.
Emergency Response 2 GET BRIEFING FROM RPS:
2 GET BRIEFING FROM RPS:
* Logistics:
* Logistics:
* Staging area located in the Environmental Monitoring Kits #2 and #3 are located in the Maintenance Instruments are stored separately in the HP Storage area.
* Staging area
* Monitoring equipment required
* Monitoring equipment required
* Monitoring locations
* Monitoring locations
Line 209: Line 380:
* Dosimetry
* Dosimetry
* Respiratory protection*
* Respiratory protection*
* Potassium Iodide (KI)
* Potassium Iodide (KI)
* * * ,. NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE. REVIS ION EPIP-4.16 OFFSITE MONITORING 13 ' PAGE 4 of 16 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
*
* CAUTION: Specific authorization is required before ingesting KI. * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * .* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
 
* 3 SEND COMPLETED ATTACHMENT 3, RADIOPROTECTIVE DRUG DOSAGE, SIDE EFFECTS AND MEDICAL STATEMENT TO RAD 4 GET DOSIMETRY:
      ,.
* DAD -ON
NUMBER                           PROCEDURE TITLE.                         REVIS ION EPIP-4.16                         OFFSITE MONITORING                             13 '
* SRO -ZEROED 5 GET EQUIPMENT FROM HP EMERGENCY RESPONSE STORAGE: a) Get instruments specified during briefing (e.g., portable monitoring device, air sampler) b) Get respirators c) Check equipment:
* STEP         ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED PAGE 4 of 16
    * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
* CAUTION:   Specific authorization is required before ingesting KI.
    * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * .* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
  ~~    3 SEND COMPLETED ATTACHMENT 3, RADIOPROTECTIVE DRUG DOSAGE, SIDE EFFECTS AND MEDICAL STATEMENT TO RAD
  ~~    4 GET DOSIMETRY:
* DAD - ON
*  ~~
* SRO - ZEROED 5 GET EQUIPMENT FROM HP EMERGENCY RESPONSE STORAGE:
a) Get instruments specified during briefing (e.g., portable monitoring device, air sampler) b) Get respirators c) Check equipment:
* Battery check
* Battery check
* Calibration sticker
* Calibration sticker
* Response check d) Record instrument data on Attachment 1, OFFSITE MONITORING DATA SHEET
* Response check d) Record instrument data on Attachment 1, OFFSITE MONITORING DATA SHEET
* *
* NUMBER                           PROCEDURE TITLE                         REVISION
* NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE EPIP-4.16 OFFSITE MONITORING  
* EPIP-4.16                         OFFSITE MONITORING                           13 PAGE 5 of 16
' STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 6 RECORD TEAM DATA ON ATTACHMENT 1:
                                            '
STEP       ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
  ~~    6 RECORD TEAM DATA ON ATTACHMENT 1:
* Team identification number
* Team identification number
* Team Leader and Member names 7 GET VEHICLE (duplicate keys to vehicles are located in Supv. HP Operations office key locker) REVISION 13 PAGE 5 of 16 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE: Radio contact should be with the TSC until the LEOF (or CEOF) is activated.
* Team Leader and Member names
8 INITIATE RADIO COMMUNICATIONS:
  ~~    7 GET VEHICLE (duplicate keys to vehicles are located in Supv. HP Operations office key locker)
NOTE: Radio contact should be with the TSC until the LEOF (or CEOF) is activated.
* 8 INITIATE RADIO COMMUNICATIONS:
a) Depress mode key on radio until EPl appears on the display b) Establish radio contact with appropriate emergency center (TSC, LEOF or CEOF) c) Ask for telephone number in case of radio failure d) Notify emergency center radio operator of the following:
a) Depress mode key on radio until EPl appears on the display b) Establish radio contact with appropriate emergency center (TSC, LEOF or CEOF) c) Ask for telephone number in case of radio failure d) Notify emergency center radio operator of the following:
* Current location
* Current location
* Designated monitoring location NOTE: Two offsite monitoring emergency kits are stored in the Maintenance Services Building and one in the Environmental Monitoring vehicle. 9 GET EMERGENCY KIT
* Designated monitoring location NOTE: Two offsite monitoring emergency kits are stored in the Maintenance Services Building and one in the Environmental Monitoring vehicle.
* *
  ~~    9 GET EMERGENCY KIT
* L_ __ . -~ NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVIS ION EPIP-4.16 OFFSITE MONITORING 13 STEP PAGE 6 of 16 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE:
*
 
        . -~
NUMBER                           PROCEDURE TITLE                         REVIS ION
* EPIP-4.16                         OFFSITE MONITORING                             13 PAGE 6 of 16 STEP        ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE:
* The Health Physics Monitoring Map identifies monitoring locations.
* The Health Physics Monitoring Map identifies monitoring locations.
Copies of the map are available in the Emergency Kit, HP Office, TSC and LEOF.
Copies of the map are available in the Emergency Kit, HP Office, TSC and LEOF.
* Pre-selected Monitoring Point H-1.9 may not be accessible by vehicle. 10 GO TO DESIGNATED STAGING AREA OR MONITORING LOCATION (Refer to HP Monitoring Map for directions as needed) NOTE: Dosimetry (SRDs/DADs) should be periodically checked while performing monitoring activities . 11 RECORD DOSIMETER READING IN MONITORING DATA SECTION OF ATTACHMENT 1
* Pre-selected Monitoring Point H-1.9 may not be accessible by vehicle.
* * * ' NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVIS ION EPIP-4.16 OFFSITE MONITORING 13 STEP PAGE 7 of 16 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE: Completed samples should be placed in clean containers (e.g .. plastic bags), kept for future laboratory analysis, and labeled with the following information (1) Team identification number, (2) Name, (3) Location, (4) Date. (5) Time. (6) Volume (if applicable).
      ~~    10 GO TO DESIGNATED STAGING AREA OR MONITORING LOCATION (Refer to HP Monitoring Map for directions as needed)
12 CHECK ANY OF THE FOLLOWING SAMPLING ACTVITIES  
NOTE: Dosimetry (SRDs/DADs) should be periodically checked while performing monitoring activities .
-REQUIRED:
* 11 RECORD DOSIMETER READING IN MONITORING DATA SECTION OF ATTACHMENT 1
* Track plume: GO TO Step 13
* L_ __
* Sample noble gas: GO TO Step 14
 
* Sample particulate and iodine: GO TO Step 15
        '
NUMBER                             PROCEDURE TITLE                           REVIS ION
* EPIP-4.16                           OFFSITE MONITORING                             13 PAGE 7 of 16 STEP          ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                   RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE: Completed samples should be placed in clean containers (e.g ..
plastic bags), kept for future laboratory analysis, and labeled with the following information (1) Team identification number, (2) Name, (3) Location, (4) Date. (5) Time. (6) Volume (if applicable).
12 CHECK ANY OF THE FOLLOWING             l I directed to return to station, SAMPLING ACTVITIES - REQUIRED:         THEN GO TO Step 21.
* Track plume:                         l I NO immediate action required, GO TO Step 13                         THEN wait in low background area for further instructions
* Sample noble gas:                     (periodically check with command GO TO Step 14                         facility).
* Sample particulate and iodine:
* GO TO Step 15
* Determine air sample activity:
* Determine air sample activity:
GO TO Step 16
GO TO Step 16
* Surface soil sample: GO TO Step 18
* Surface soil sample:
* Vegetation sample: GO TO Step 19
GO TO Step 18
* Surface water sample: GO TO Step 20 lI directed to return to station, THEN GO TO Step 21. lI NO immediate action required, THEN wait in low background area for further instructions (periodically check with command facility). 
* Vegetation sample:
* *
GO TO Step 19
* NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.16 OFFSITE MONITORING 13 PAGE 8 of 16 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 13 FIND PLUME: a) Get portable survey instrument from emergency kit b) Open beta shield c) Hold survey meter out of vehicle window d) Go through plume in a crosswind direction e) Check readings while traversing plume until maximum point (plume centerline) is located f) Record open window readings on Attachment 1 g) Close beta shield h) Record closed shield readings on Attachment 1 i) Record dosimetry reading on Attachment 1 j) Notify emergency center of the following:
* Surface water sample:
GO TO Step 20
* NUMBER                           PROCEDURE TITLE                           REVISION
* EPIP-4.16                       OFFSITE MONITORING                               13 PAGE 8 of 16 STEP       ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                   RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
  ~~    13 FIND PLUME:
a) Get portable survey instrument from emergency kit b) Open beta shield c) Hold survey meter out of vehicle window d) Go through plume in a crosswind direction e) Check readings while traversing     e) l.E NO readings above background plume until maximum point               are observed, THEN do the (plume centerline) is located           following:    ~-
: 1) Ask appropriate emergency center where to relocate.
* f) Record open window readings on Attachment 1 g) Close beta shield h) Record closed shield readings
: 2) RETURN TO Step 13.b .
on Attachment 1 i) Record dosimetry reading on Attachment 1 j) Notify emergency center of the following:
* Dosimetry reading
* Dosimetry reading
* Monitoring readings
* Monitoring readings
* Monitoring location k) Check if additional mon ito ring is required l) RETURN TO Step 11 e) l.E NO readings above background are observed, THEN do the following:
* Monitoring location k) Check if additional mon ito ring     k) lI NO additional actions is required                              required, THEN go to a low background area outside the plume and wait for further instructions (periodically check with command facility).
~-1) Ask appropriate emergency center where to relocate.
l) RETURN TO Step 11
: 2) RETURN TO Step 13.b . k) lI NO additional actions required, THEN go to a low background area outside the plume and wait for further instructions (periodically check with command facility).  
*                                                                                        *.
*.
 
* *
NUMBER                           PROCEDURE TITLE                           REVISION OFFSITE MONITORING
* NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.16 OFFSITE MONITORING 13 I PAGE 9 of 16 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 14 TAKE NOBLE GAS SAMPLE: a) Get 100 cc gas chamber from emergency kit b) Go to plume centerline or sample location specified c) Take off top of gas chamber d) Wave gas chamber in air e) Make sure petcocks are closed f) Put top of chamber back on g) Put chamber in labeled plastic bag h) Record location on Attachment 1 i) Notify emergency center of status j) Check if additional monitoring
* EPIP-4.16                                                                         13 I PAGE 9 of 16 STEP       ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
* is required k) RETURN TO Step 11 j) lI NO additional actions required.
  ~~    14 TAKE NOBLE GAS SAMPLE:
THEN go to a low background area outside the plume and wait for further instructions (periodically check with command facility).
a) Get 100 cc gas chamber from emergency kit b) Go to plume centerline or sample location specified c) Take off top of gas chamber d) Wave gas chamber in air e) Make sure petcocks are closed f) Put top of chamber back on g) Put chamber in labeled plastic
I , 
* bag h) Record location on Attachment 1 i) Notify emergency center of status j) Check if additional monitoring
* * ** NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.16 OFFSITE MONITORING 13 PAGE 10 of 16 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
* j) lI NO additional actions is required                            required. THEN go to a low       I ,
* CAUTION: Vehicle should be turned off if/when connecting or disconnecting air sampler cables. Do not touch engine or hoses as they may be hot. * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
background area outside the plume and wait for further instructions (periodically check with command facility).
* 15 TAKE PARTICULATE AND IODINE SAMPLE: a) Ask emergency facility to determine sample volume required b) Get air sampler c) Insert particulate filter and silver zeolite cartridge into sampler d) Check if high humidity conditions exist e) Keep sample away from moisture f) Notify emergency center of weather conditions g) Get air sample: 1) Turn on air sampler 2) Get volume specified by emergency facility (minimum 2.5 ft3 air sample) h) Remove iodine cartridge and particulate filter from sampler i) Put iodine cartridge and particulate filter into separate, labeled plastic bags j) Record sample parameters in Air Sample Data section of Attachment 1:
k) RETURN TO Step 11
* NUMBER                             PROCEDURE TITLE                           REVISION
* EPIP-4.16                         OFFSITE MONITORING                             13 PAGE 10 of 16 STEP         ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                   RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
      * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
* CAUTION:   Vehicle should be turned off if/when connecting or disconnecting air sampler cables. Do not touch engine or hoses as they may be hot.
      * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
* 15 TAKE PARTICULATE AND IODINE SAMPLE:
a) Ask emergency facility to determine sample volume required b) Get air sampler c) Insert particulate filter and silver zeolite cartridge into sampler d) Check if high humidity                 d) GO TO Step 15.g.
* conditions exist e) Keep sample away from moisture f) Notify emergency center of weather conditions g) Get air sample:
: 1) Turn on air sampler
: 2) Get volume specified by emergency facility (minimum 2.5 ft3 air sample) h) Remove iodine cartridge and particulate filter from sampler i) Put iodine cartridge and particulate filter into separate, labeled plastic bags j) Record sample parameters in Air Sample Data section of Attachment 1:
* Sample ID
* Sample ID
* Date
* Date
* Time
* Time
* Location
* Location
* Volume k) Check if determination of I-131 activity required d) GO TO Step 15.g. k) RETURN TO Step 11.
**
* *
* Volume k) Check if determination of I-131       k) RETURN TO Step 11.
* NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.16 OFFSITE MONITORING 13 PAGE 11 of 16 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 16 DETERMINE AIR SAMPLE ACTIVITY:
activity required
a) Go to,a low background area b) Turn on frisker c) Get a background count rate (cpm) ct) Put on a clean pair of gloves e) Take silver zeolite cartridge from plastic bag f) Hold influent side of silver
 
* zeolite cartridge 1/4 inch from detector for at least 30 seconds to get a good count g) Check gross counts -ON SCALE h) Calculate net count rate: GROSS (cpm) -BACKGROUND (cpm) i) Obtain conversion factor for specific sample volume from Attachment 2 (STEP 16 CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) b) 1&#xa3; frisker NOT operable, THEN GO TO Step 17. g) Do the following:
NUMBER                             PROCEDURE TITLE                             REVISION
* EPIP-4.16                           OFFSITE MONITORING                                 13 PAGE 11 of 16 STEP           ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                     RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
  ~~    16 DETERMINE AIR SAMPLE ACTIVITY:
a) Go to,a low background area b) Turn on frisker                         b) 1&#xa3; frisker NOT operable, THEN GO TO Step 17.
c) Get a background count rate (cpm) ct)   Put on a clean pair of gloves e) Take silver zeolite cartridge from plastic bag f) Hold influent side of     silver
*
* zeolite cartridge 1/4 inch from detector for at least 30 seconds to get a good count g) Check gross counts - ON SCALE           g) Do the following:
: 1) Ask command facility which of the following actions is preferred:
: 1) Ask command facility which of the following actions is preferred:
* Taking another sample of smaller volume
* Taking another sample of smaller volume
* Measuring readings and converting results using an R0-2 meter. 2) 1&#xa3; another sample required, THEN RETURN TO Step 15. NET C cpm) 1&#xa3; converting R0-2 readings, THEN GO TO Step 17.   
* Measuring readings and converting results using an R0-2 meter.
* * * 'e, NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.16 OFFSITE MONITORING 13 PAGE 12 of 16 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 16 DETERMINE AIR SAMPLE ACTIVITY: (Continued) j) Calculate activity:
: 2) 1&#xa3; another sample required, THEN RETURN TO Step 15.
NET (cpm) x Conversion Factor= ACTIVITY (&#xb5;Ci/ml) k) Calculate Thyroid COE dose rate: ACTIVITY (&#xb5;Ci/ml) x 1.57 E+9 = Thy COE, mR/hr l) Put sample in lebled plastic bag m) Record results in Air Sample section of Attachment 1 n) RETURN TO Step 11
1&#xa3; converting R0-2 readings, THEN GO TO Step 17.
} NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVIS ION EPIP-4.16 OFFSITE MONITORING 13
h) Calculate net count rate:
* PAGE 13 of 16 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 17 CONVERT R0;2 MEASUREMENTS TO CPM: a) Take background reading (mR/hr) b) Record results on Attachment 1 c) Hold influent side of silver zeolite cartridge about 1/4 inch from detector for at least 30 seconds to get a good reading d) Determine gross mR/hr e) Record results on Attachment 1 f) Calculate net mR/hr:
GROSS (cpm) - BACKGROUND (cpm)    NET C cpm)
* Gross mR/hr -Background mR/hr = Net mR/hr g) Record results on Attachment 1 h) Change mR/hr to approximate CPM: Net mR/hr x 10,000 = Net CPM i ) Record results on Attachment 1 (Use appropriate units) j) RETURN TO Step 16.i *
* i) Obtain conversion factor for specific sample volume from Attachment 2 (STEP 16 CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE)
* * * > NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP'-4.16 OFFSITE MONITORING 13 PAGE 14 of 16 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 18 GET SURFACE SOIL SAMPLE: a) Go to location specified by the emergency center b) Find an area to sample for surface deposition that is flat and open (away from buildings, trees and vegetation) c) Find an approximate 1 ft2 area to take sample d) Take top 1/4 to 1/2 inch layer of soil e) Put soil sample in labeled plastic bag f) Notify emergency center of status g) Check if add it i on a 1 *monitor i n g is required h) RETURN TO Step 11 g) lE NO additional actions required.
 
THEN go to a low background area outside the plume and wait for further instructions (periodically check with command facility).
  'e, NUMBER                         PROCEDURE TITLE                         REVISION
1
* EPIP-4.16                         OFFSITE MONITORING                           13 PAGE 12 of 16 STEP       ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE               RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
* *
                                                                      '
* J NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVIS ION EPIP-4.16 OFFSITE MONITORING 13 PAGE 15 of 16 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 19 GET VEGETATION SAMPLE: a) Locate vegetation to yield a sample representative of surface deposition (e.g., healthy grass, crops) b) Collect about 4 pounds of vegetation c) Put sample in a labeled container d) Notify command facility of your location e) Check if additional sampling -REOU I RED f) RETURN TO Step 11 e) l..E. additional sampling NOT required, THEN go to a low background area and wait for further instructions (periodically check with command facility).
16 DETERMINE AIR SAMPLE ACTIVITY: (Continued) j) Calculate activity:
* * * } NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVIS ION EPIP-4.16 OFFSITE MONITORING 13 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 20 GET SURFACE WATER SAMPLE: a) Locate body of water to yield a sample representative of surface deposition (e.g., lake, pond, puddle) b) Collect about 1 gallon of surface water in a labeled container (preferably plastic) c) Notify command facility of your location d) Check if additional sampling -REQUIRED e) RETURN TO Step 11 21 TAKE SAMPLE(S)
NET (cpm) x Conversion Factor= ACTIVITY (&#xb5;Ci/ml) k) Calculate Thyroid COE dose rate:
TO COUNT ROOM FOR ANALYSIS (or designated alternate facility as appropriate) 22 TERMINATE EPIP-4.16:
ACTIVITY (&#xb5;Ci/ml) x 1.57 E+9 = Thy COE, mR/hr l) Put sample in lebled plastic bag m) Record results in Air Sample section of Attachment 1 n) RETURN TO Step 11
*
*
 
      }
NUMBER                           PROCEDURE TITLE                           REVIS ION
* EPIP-4.16                         OFFSITE MONITORING                             13 PAGE 13 of 16 STEP         ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 17 CONVERT R0;2 MEASUREMENTS TO CPM:
a) Take background reading (mR/hr) b) Record results on Attachment 1 c) Hold influent side of silver zeolite cartridge about 1/4 inch from detector for at least 30 seconds to get a good reading d) Determine gross mR/hr e) Record results on Attachment 1 f) Calculate net mR/hr:
* Gross mR/hr - Background mR/hr = Net mR/hr g) Record results on Attachment 1 h) Change mR/hr to approximate CPM:
Net mR/hr x 10,000 = Net CPM i ) Record results on Attachment 1 (Use appropriate units) j) RETURN TO Step 16.i
*
 
      >
NUMBER                               PROCEDURE TITLE                           REVISION EPIP'-4.16                             OFFSITE MONITORING                             13
* STEP         ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                     RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED PAGE 14 of 16
  ~~    18 GET SURFACE SOIL SAMPLE:
a) Go to location specified by the emergency center b) Find an area to sample for surface deposition that is flat and open (away from buildings, trees and vegetation) c) Find an approximate 1 ft2 area to take sample d) Take top 1/4 to 1/2 inch layer of soil e) Put soil sample in labeled
* plastic bag f) Notify emergency center of status g) Check if add it i on a1 *monitor i ng    g) lE NO additional actions is required                                required. THEN go to a low background area outside the plume and wait for further instructions (periodically check with command facility).
h) RETURN TO Step 11 1
* J NUMBER                           PROCEDURE TITLE                             REVIS ION
* EPIP-4.16                       OFFSITE MONITORING                                 13 PAGE 15 of 16 STEP       ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                     RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
  ~~    19 GET VEGETATION SAMPLE:
a) Locate vegetation to yield a sample representative of surface deposition (e.g.,
healthy grass, crops) b) Collect about 4 pounds of vegetation c) Put sample in a labeled container d) Notify command facility of your location
* e) Check if additional sampling -       e) l..E. additional sampling NOT REOU I RED                              required, THEN go to a low background area and wait for further instructions (periodically check with command facility).
f) RETURN TO Step 11
*
 
      }
NUMBER                           PROCEDURE TITLE                           REVIS ION
* EPIP-4.16                       OFFSITE MONITORING                             13 PAGE 16 of 16 STEP       ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
  ~~    20 GET SURFACE WATER SAMPLE:
a) Locate body of water to yield a sample representative of surface deposition (e.g., lake, pond, puddle) b) Collect about 1 gallon of surface water in a labeled container (preferably plastic) c) Notify command facility of your location d) Check if additional sampling -       d) lI additional sampling NOT REQUIRED                               required. THEN go to a low
* background area and wait for further instructions (periodically check with command facility).
e) RETURN TO Step 11 21 TAKE SAMPLE(S) TO COUNT ROOM FOR ANALYSIS (or designated alternate facility as appropriate) 22 TERMINATE EPIP-4.16:
* Give completed EPIP-4.16, forms and other applicable records to the Radiation Protection Supervisor
* Give completed EPIP-4.16, forms and other applicable records to the Radiation Protection Supervisor
* Completed by: Date: Time: -END-PAGE 16 of 16 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED d) lI additional sampling NOT required.
* Completed by:
THEN go to a low background area and wait for further instructions (periodically check with command facility).
Date:
NUMBER* ATTACHMENT TITLE REVIS ION EPIP-4.16 OFFSITE MONITORING DATA SHEET 13
Time:
* ATTACHMENT PAGE 1 1 of 2 TEAM IDENTIFICATION No.: NAME(s): INSTRUMENT DATA: INSTRUMENT MODEL No. SERIAL No. MONITORING DATA: I LOCATION DATE/ TIME DAD/SRO WINDOW OPEN I WINDOW CLOSED I READING mR/hr I mR/hr
*
                                          -END-
 
NUMBER*                         ATTACHMENT TITLE                               REVIS ION
* EPIP-4.16                 OFFSITE MONITORING DATA SHEET                             13 ATTACHMENT                                                                         PAGE 1                                                                         1 of 2 TEAM IDENTIFICATION No.:
NAME(s):
INSTRUMENT DATA:
INSTRUMENT         MODEL No.             SERIAL No.
MONITORING DATA:
I LOCATION                     DATE/ TIME DAD/SRO WINDOW OPEN I WINDOW CLOSED I                                         READING     mR/hr   I     mR/hr
* AIR SAMPLE DATA: NEXT PAGE
* AIR SAMPLE DATA: NEXT PAGE
* NUMBER ATTACHMENT TITLE REVISION
* NUMBER                                         ATTACHMENT TITLE                                 REVISION
* EPIP-4.16 OFFSITE MONITORING DATA SHEET 13 ATTACHMENT PAGE 1 2 of 2 AIR SAMPLE DATA: AIR SAMPLE ID.: DATE / TIME: LOCATION:
* EPIP-4.16                             OFFSITE MONITORING DATA SHEET                                   13 ATTACHMENT                                                                                           PAGE 1                                                                                           2 of 2 AIR SAMPLE DATA:
GROSS CPM: BACKGROUND (BKG) CPM: NET CPM (GROSS -BKG): AIR SAMPLE VOLUME (ft3): ACTIVITY,&#xb5; Ci/ml NET CPM x Conversion Factor (from Attachment
AIR SAMPLE ID.:
: 2) THYROID COE, mR/hr Activity,&#xb5; Ci/ml x l.57E+9 Al R SAMPLE ID.:
DATE / TIME:                                   LOCATION:
* DATE / TIME: LOCATION:
GROSS CPM:                         BACKGROUND (BKG) CPM:               NET CPM (GROSS - BKG):
GROSS CPM: BACKGROUND (BKG) CPM: NET CPM (GROSS -BKG): AIR SAMPLE VOLUME (ft3): ACTIVITY, &#xb5; Ci/ml NET CPM x Conversion Factor (from Attachment
AIR SAMPLE VOLUME (ft3):
: 2) THYROID COE, mR/hr Activity,&#xb5; Ci/ml x l.57E+9 AIR SAMPLE ID.: DATE / TIME: LOCATION:
ACTIVITY,&#xb5; Ci/ml         NET CPM x Conversion Factor (from Attachment 2)
GROSS CPM: BACKGROUND (BKG) CPM: NET CPM (GROSS -BKG): AIR SAMPLE VOLUME (ft 3): ACTIVITY,&#xb5; Ci/ml NET CPM x Conversion Factor (from Attachment
THYROID COE, mR/hr         Activity,&#xb5; Ci/ml x l.57E+9 Al R SAMPLE ID.:
: 2) THYROID COE, mR/hr Activity,&#xb5; Ci/ml x l.57E+9 *
* DATE / TIME:                                   LOCATION:
.. l . ' . * * * * .. NUMBER EPIP-4.16 ATTACHMENT 2 CONVERSION FACTOR 10-8 9 8 7 6 5 4 3"' 2 ' I'\. -9 ..... 8 7 .... 6 " 5 4 '"' 3 2 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 3 ,4 5 6 7 8 9 0.1 ATTACHMENT TITLE FRISKER CONVERSION FACTOR 1 ' " ""--' ' "" '"' "" 3 7 2 4 56 89 10 VOLUME (cubic feet) REVISION 13 PAGE 1 of 1 " I'\. -..... ' f'li,. r--i,,."' 4 5 6 7 8 9 100
GROSS CPM:                         BACKGROUND (BKG) CPM:               NET CPM (GROSS - BKG):
. ' . * *
AIR SAMPLE VOLUME (ft3):
* NUMBER ATTACHMENT TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.16 RADIOPROTECTIVE DRUG DOSAGE. 13 ATTACHMENT SIDE EFFECTS AND MEDICAL STATEMENT PAGE 3 1 f 1 SECTION I: DOSAGE AND SIDE EFFECTS ***************************************************************************************************************
ACTIVITY, &#xb5; Ci/ml       NET CPM x Conversion Factor (from Attachment 2)
CAUTION Potassium Iodide should not be used by people allergic to Iodine. Keep out of reach of children.
THYROID COE, mR/hr         Activity,&#xb5; Ci/ml   x l.57E+9 AIR SAMPLE ID.:
In case of overdose or allergic reaction, contact a physician or public health authority.  
DATE / TIME:                                   LOCATION:
***************************************************************************************************************
GROSS CPM:                         BACKGROUND (BKG) CPM:               NET CPM (GROSS - BKG):
DIRECTIONS FOR ADULT USE: One (1) tablet once a day. DO NOT take tablet for more than 10 days. SIDE EFFECTS: Usually, side effects occur when people take higher doses for longer periods of time. Do not take more than the recommended dose and do not take dose for longer than the time that is recommended to you. Side effects are unlikely due to low doses over short periods of time. Possible side effects are skin rashes, swelling of salivary glands, and "iodism" (metallic taste, burning of mouth and throat, sore teeth and gums, symptoms of head cold, and sometimes stomach upset and diarrhea).
AIR SAMPLE VOLUME (ft 3 ):
A few people have an allergic reaction with more serious symptoms.
ACTIVITY,&#xb5; Ci/ml         NET CPM x Conversion Factor (from Attachment 2)
These could be fever and joint pains, swelling of parts of the face and body, and severe shortness of breath, requiring immediate medical attention.
THYROID COE, mR/hr         Activity,&#xb5; Ci/ml   x l.57E+9
Taking iodide may rarely cause overactivity of the thyroid gland, underactivity of the thyroid gland, or enlargement of the thyroid gland (goiter).
*
WHAT TO DO IF SIDE EFFECTS OCCUR: If side effects are severe or if you have an allergic reaction, stop taking potassium iodide and call a doctor. SECTION I I: 1. 2. Team Leader and Team Member document review of this form by checking the applicable boxes below. respectively.
 
Check all that apply. Items 2 through 5 should be answered to the best of your knowledge.
  .. l
have read Section I, "DOSAGE AND SIDE EFFECTS".
              ..
do not have a known sensitivity to Iodine, nor do have a medical condition that would make me reluctant to take Iodine tablets. 3. have a known sensitivity to Iodine. 4. have a medical condition that may negate my being able to take Kl tablets, e.g .. hyperthyroidism, hypothyriodism, etc. 5. am currently taking thyroid hormone tablets. 6. am a Declared Pregnant Worker under provisions of, or hereby state my intention to declare pregnancy in accordance with, VPAP-2101, Radiation Protection Program. TEAM LEADER NAME: ; DATE: _____ _ (print) (signature)
*. . NUMBER                                               ATTACHMENT TITLE                                              REVISION
TEAM MEMBER NAME: DATE: _____ _ (print) (signature) 1  
* EPIP-4.16                                         FRISKER CONVERSION FACTOR                                              13 ATTACHMENT                                                                                                             PAGE 2                                                                                                             1 of 1 CONVERSION FACTOR 10-8 9 8
* *
7 6
* NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.21 EVACUATION AND REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREA MONITORING 7 (With 1 Attachment)
5 4
3"'
2   '
9 I'\. -.....
8 7
6
                                            ....
5
                                                  " ~
3 4
                                                        '"' ~
2
                                                                '
* 9 8
7 6
5 4
                                                                    "   ""-
                                                                          -
                                                                              '
                                                                                ' ""
3
                                                                                      '"'
2 9
8
                                                                                          """I'\. -.....
7 5
6
                                                                                                          ' f'li,.
r--
4 i,,."'
3 2
9 8
7 6
5 4
3 2
3
* 0.1
                                          ,4      5 6 7 8 9 1
2  3    4 VOLUME (cubic feet) 5 6 7 89 10 4  5      6 7 8 9 100
 
..
          ~
  '
NUMBER                                             ATTACHMENT TITLE                                             REVISION EPIP-4.16                                 RADIOPROTECTIVE DRUG DOSAGE.                                               13
* ATTACHMENT 3
SECTION I:
SIDE EFFECTS AND MEDICAL STATEMENT DOSAGE AND SIDE EFFECTS PAGE 1 f 1
      ***************************************************************************************************************
CAUTION Potassium Iodide should not be used by people allergic to Iodine.       Keep out of reach of children. In case of overdose or allergic reaction, contact a physician or public health authority.
      ***************************************************************************************************************
DIRECTIONS FOR ADULT USE: One (1) tablet once a day. DO NOT take tablet for more than 10 days.
SIDE EFFECTS:
Usually, side effects occur when people take higher doses for longer periods of time. Do not take more than the recommended dose and do not take dose for longer than the time that is recommended to you. Side effects are unlikely due to low doses over short periods of time.         Possible side effects are skin rashes, swelling of salivary glands, and "iodism" (metallic taste, burning of mouth and throat, sore teeth and gums, symptoms of head cold, and sometimes stomach upset and diarrhea). A few people have an allergic reaction with more serious symptoms. These could be fever and joint pains, swelling of parts of the face and body, and severe shortness of breath, requiring immediate medical attention.         Taking iodide may rarely cause overactivity of the thyroid gland, underactivity of the thyroid gland, or enlargement of the thyroid gland (goiter).
WHAT TO DO IF SIDE EFFECTS OCCUR:
If side effects are severe or if you have an allergic reaction, stop taking potassium iodide and call a doctor.
* SECTION I I:
Team Leader and Team     Member document review of   this form   by checking the applicable boxes below. respectively.
Check all that apply.
Items 2 through 5 should be answered to the best of your knowledge.
: 1.                                    have read Section I, "DOSAGE AND SIDE EFFECTS".
: 2.                                    do not have a known sensitivity to Iodine, nor do     have a medical condition that would make me reluctant to take Iodine tablets.
: 3.                                     have a known sensitivity to Iodine.
: 4.                                     have a medical condition that may negate my being able to take Kl tablets, e.g ..
hyperthyroidism, hypothyriodism, etc.
: 5.                                     am currently taking thyroid hormone tablets.
: 6.                                     am a Declared Pregnant Worker under provisions of, or hereby state my intention to declare pregnancy in accordance with, VPAP-2101, Radiation Protection Program.
TEAM LEADER NAME:                                                                 ; DATE: _ _ _ _ __
(print)                       (signature) 1 TEAM MEMBER NAME:                                                                   DATE: _ _ _ _ __
(print)                         (signature)
  *
* NUMBER EPIP-4.21 PROCEDURE TITLE EVACUATION AND REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREA MONITORING (With 1 Attachment)
REVISION 7
PAGE 1 of 8 PURPOSE To collect personnel dosimetry, monitor station personnel evacuating from the site, and provide instructions for decontamination.
PAGE 1 of 8 PURPOSE To collect personnel dosimetry, monitor station personnel evacuating from the site, and provide instructions for decontamination.
ENTRY CONDITIONS Any one of the following:
ENTRY CONDITIONS Any one of the following:
: 1. Activation by EPIP-4.01, RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT DIRECTOR CONTROLLING PROCEDURE . 2. Activation by EPIP-4.02, RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING PROCEDURE.
: 1. Activation by EPIP-4.01, RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT DIRECTOR CONTROLLING PROCEDURE .
* 2. Activation by EPIP-4.02, RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING PROCEDURE.
: 3. Activation by EPIP-5.05, SITE EVACUATION.
: 3. Activation by EPIP-5.05, SITE EVACUATION.
ENTERED BY I , MAY -I 1995 I I 8PM APPROVAL APPROVAL EFFECTIVE AP~RECOMMENDED SNSOC DATE 4-'2,() -t:; 5-DATE DATE 41'2.,l'i('  
ENTERED BY MAY - I 1995
,> 5/ 1116 tgca._ CHAIRMAN SNSOC STATION MANAGER -------------------------------. ~\ 9505240094 950515 I PDR ADOCK 05000280 -i PDR 1 -----~E' ---------------____ _____/ Form No. 723758(Apr
                                                                                                          ,I I
: 91)
8PM             I AP~RECOMMENDED                                 SNSOC             APPROVAL                    APPROVAL        EFFECTIVE DATE                                          DATE            DATE 4- '2,() -t:; 5-     tgca._                    41'2.,l'i(' 5/ 1116
NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.21 EVACUATION AND REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREA MONITORING 7
*
* PAGE 2 of 8 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 1 INITIATE PROCEDURE:
                                                                                                                  ,>
* By: Date: Time: 2 GET BRIEFING FROM RPS: a) Determine Remote Assembly Area (RAA) to be used b) Review route to designated RAA:
CHAIRMAN SNSOC                                                   STATION MANAGER
  --- --- - - -- -- ---- ----- --- - - - - - --           . ~\
9505240094 950515                               I PDR ADOCK 05000280 -                             i
  -----~E'                   ----- ----- --   PDR
                                                -- -____ _____/
1 Form No. 723758(Apr 91)
 
NUMBER                           PROCEDURE TITLE                         REVISION EPIP-4.21           EVACUATION AND REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREA MONITORING             7
* STEP       ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED PAGE 2 of 8 1 INITIATE PROCEDURE:
* By:
Date:
Time:
2 GET BRIEFING FROM RPS:
a) Determine Remote Assembly Area (RAA) to be used b) Review route to designated RAA:
* Primary RAA: Take Rt. 650 to intersection with Rt. 628;
* Primary RAA: Take Rt. 650 to intersection with Rt. 628;
* turn left onto Rt. 628; go 1.1 miles to second set of power lines
* turn left onto Rt. 628; go 1.1 miles to second set of power lines
* Secondary RAA: Take Rt. 650 to Rt. 617; turn right; go to Rt. 10 and proceed west to Community Center {right side of Rt. 10 towards Richmond) c) Review radiological conditions d) Check if parking areas are to be surveyed prior to evacuation e) Get phone number for back-up communications in case of radio failure: f) Get radio talk group assignment:
* Secondary RAA: Take Rt. 650 to Rt. 617; turn right; go to Rt. 10 and proceed west to Community Center {right side of Rt. 10 towards Richmond) c) Review radiological conditions d) Check if parking areas are to be surveyed prior to evacuation e) Get phone number for back-up communications in case of radio failure:
f) Get radio talk group assignment:
g) Determine required monitoring equipment (e.g., portable monitoring device, frisker)
g) Determine required monitoring equipment (e.g., portable monitoring device, frisker)
* h) Determine dosimetry requirements
* h) Determine dosimetry requirements
* *
 
* NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.21 EVACUATION AND REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREA MONITORING 7 PAGE 3 of 8 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 3 GET REQUIRED EQUIPMENT:
NUMBER                           PROCEDURE TITLE                           REVISION EPIP-4.21           EVACUATION AND REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREA MONITORING               7
* STEP       ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                   RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED PAGE 3 of 8 3 GET REQUIRED EQUIPMENT:
a) Get instruments from HP emergency response storage area:
a) Get instruments from HP emergency response storage area:
* Do battery check
* Do battery check
* Check calibration sticker
* Check calibration sticker
* Do response check b) Get dosimetry:
* Do response check b) Get dosimetry:
* DAD -ON OR
* DAD - ON OR
* SRO -ZEROED c} Get copies of blank Personnel Contamination Reports (PCRs} and blank survey maps d} Get vehicle with mobile radio e} Check radio -OPERABLE 1) Depress mode key until assigned talk group is displayed (N/A for portable)
* SRO - ZEROED c} Get copies of blank Personnel Contamination Reports (PCRs}
: 2) -Establish communications with RPS prior to leaving site f) Get Emergency Kit #4 from Maintenance Services Building d) Do the following:
* and blank survey maps d} Get vehicle with mobile radio         d) Do the following:
: 1) Get vehicle and portable radio. 2) Set portable radio to assigned talk group: a) Move three position toggle switch to B. b) Move mode selector knob to position 2, 3 or 4. e) GO TO Step 3.f AND Make sure to contact station upon arrival at RAA using alternate means:
: 1) Get vehicle and portable radio.
: 2) Set portable radio to assigned talk group:
a) Move three position toggle switch to B.
b) Move mode selector knob to position 2, 3 or 4.
e} Check radio - OPERABLE                e) GO TO Step 3.f
: 1) Depress mode key until                          AND assigned talk group is displayed (N/A for portable)        Make sure to contact station upon arrival at RAA using
: 2) -Establish communications            alternate means:
with RPS prior to leaving site
* Security radio
* Security radio
* Automatic Ringdown to TSC (Primary RAA only)
* Automatic Ringdown to TSC (Primary RAA only)
* Commercial telephone
* Commercial telephone
* *
* f) Get Emergency Kit #4 from Maintenance Services Building
* NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.21 EVACUATION AND REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREA MONITORING 7 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 4 DO SURVEY OF PARKING AREA PRIOR TO EVACUATION IF PREVIOUSLY DIRECTED BY RPS: a) Monitor parking areas to determine contamination levels prior to evacuation b) Notify RPS of survey results PAGE 4 of 8 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED GO TO Step 5. NOTE: Attachment 1 shows location of Primary RAA and Secondary RAA. 5 GO TO DESIGNATED RAA NOTE: SRDs should be securely fastened to the accompanying TLD . 6 CHECK IF RADIOLOGICAL RELEASE -OCCURRED 7 HAVE* EVACUEES REMAIN IN VEHICLES UNTIL SURVEYS ARE COMPLETED 8 GET DOSIMETRY FROM EVACUEES .II NO release occurred, THEN do the fa 11 owing: a) Get dosimetry from evacuees b) Have evacuees follow directions provided to the public (e.g., radio EBS messages), if any c) Release evacuees d) Return to station e) GO TO Step 15.
 
* *
NUMBER                           PROCEDURE TITLE                           REVISION EPIP-4.21         EVACUATION AND REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREA MONITORING               7
* NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION . EPIP-4.21 EVACUATION AND REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREA MONITORING 7 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 9 MONITOR VEHICLES AND EVACUEES:
* STEP       ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                   RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED PAGE 4 of 8 4 DO SURVEY OF PARKING AREA PRIOR TO       GO TO Step 5.
a) Check vehicle(s)  
EVACUATION IF PREVIOUSLY DIRECTED BY RPS:
-CONTAMINATED b) Isolate vehicle(s) c) Check evacuee(s)  
a) Monitor parking areas to determine contamination levels prior to evacuation b) Notify RPS of survey results NOTE: Attachment 1 shows location of Primary RAA and Secondary RAA.
-CONTAMINATED d) Record data on Personnel Contamination Reports 10 DO FOLLOW-UP ACTIONS FOR CONTAMINATED VEHICLES(S)
5 GO TO DESIGNATED RAA NOTE: SRDs should be securely fastened to the accompanying TLD .
OR EVACUEE(S):
* 6 CHECK IF RADIOLOGICAL RELEASE -
a) Notify RPS of survey results b) Ask RPS for disposition instructions:
OCCURRED
                                                    .II NO release occurred, THEN do the fa 11 owing:
a) Get dosimetry from evacuees b) Have evacuees follow directions provided to the public (e.g.,
radio EBS messages), if any c) Release evacuees d) Return to station e) GO TO Step 15.
7 HAVE* EVACUEES REMAIN IN VEHICLES UNTIL SURVEYS ARE COMPLETED 8 GET DOSIMETRY FROM EVACUEES
* NUMBER                           PROCEDURE TITLE                         REVISION
                                                                                    .
EPIP-4.21         EVACUATION AND REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREA MONITORING               7
* STEP       ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED PAGE 5 of 8 9 MONITOR VEHICLES AND EVACUEES:
a) Check vehicle(s) - CONTAMINATED     a) GO TO Step 9.c.
b) Isolate vehicle(s) c) Check evacuee(s) - CONTAMINATED     c) GO TO Step 10.
d) Record data on Personnel Contamination Reports 10 DO FOLLOW-UP ACTIONS FOR                 IF NO contamination on vehicles or CONTAMINATED VEHICLES(S) OR            evacuees, THEN do the following:
EVACUEE(S):
: 1) Have evacuees follow directions a) Notify RPS of survey results           provided to the public (e.g.,
radio EBS messages), if any
* b) Ask RPS for disposition instructions:
* Send vehicle or individual.
* Send vehicle or individual.
back to plant
back to plant
* Try to decontaminate at RAA: GO TO Step 11 OR
: 2) Release evacuees
* Send vehicle or evacuee to Surry County Evacuation Assembly Center for decontamination:
: 3) Notify RPS of survey results
GO TO NOTE prior to Step 12
: 4) Ask RPS for follow-up instructions
* Return to station: GO TO Step 13 PAGE 5 of 8 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED a) GO TO Step 9.c. c) GO TO Step 10. IF NO contamination on vehicles or evacuees, THEN do the following:
* Try to decontaminate at RAA:       5) GO TO Step 13.
: 1) Have evacuees follow directions provided to the public (e.g., radio EBS messages), if any 2) Release evacuees 3) Notify RPS of survey results 4) Ask RPS for follow-up instructions
GO TO Step 11 OR
: 5) GO TO Step 13.
* Send vehicle or evacuee to Surry County Evacuation Assembly Center for decontamination: GO TO NOTE prior to Step 12
NUMBER EPIP-4.21
* Return to station: GO TO Step 13
* STEP 11 *
* NUMBER                           PROCEDURE TITLE                          REVISION EPIP-4.21         EVACUATION AND REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREA MONITORING               7
* PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EVACUATION AND REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREA MONITORING 7 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE DECONTAMINATE AT RAA: a) Check if contamination found on clothing b) Remove contaminated clothing c) Put contaminated clothing in poly bag d) Replace clothing with paper or plastic clothing e) Check if localized contamination exists f) Try to decontaminate using mechanic's soap g) Clean area with drying towels (diapers) h) RETURN TO Step 10 PAGE 6 of 8 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED a) GO TO Step 11.e. e) IF decontamination successful, THEN do the following:
* STEP        ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED PAGE 6 of 8 11  DECONTAMINATE AT RAA:
: 1) Have evacuees follow directions provided to the public (e.g., radio EBS messages), if any 2) Release evacuees 3) RETURN TO Step IO.a.
a) Check if contamination found on     a) GO TO Step 11.e.
* *
clothing b) Remove contaminated clothing c) Put contaminated clothing in poly bag d) Replace clothing with paper or plastic clothing e) Check if localized                   e) IF decontamination successful, contamination exists                    THEN do the following:
* NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.21 EVACUATION AND REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREA MONITORING 7 PAGE 7 of 8 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE: Attachment 1 shows the location of Surry County's Primary and Alternate Evacuation Assembly Centers. 12 DECONTAMINATE AT SURRY COUNTY EVACUATION ASSEMBLY CENTER: a) Ask RPS for assistance to transport evacuee(s) to Surry County Evacuation Assembly Center b) Go with evacuee(s) to Evacuation Assembly Center c) Try to decontaminate evacuee d) RETURN TO Step 10 13 MONITOR DECONTAMINATION AREA 14 CLEAN ANY AREAS FOUND TO BE CONTAMINATED 15 COMPLETE SURVEYS AND MAKE SURE THE FOLLOWING DATA HAS BEEN RECORDED ON EACH FORM:
: 1) Have evacuees follow directions provided to the
* public (e.g., radio EBS messages), if any
: 2) Release evacuees
: 3) RETURN TO Step IO.a.
f) Try to decontaminate using mechanic's soap g) Clean area with drying towels (diapers) h) RETURN TO Step 10
* NUMBER                           PROCEDURE TITLE                         REVISION EPIP-4.21           EVACUATION AND REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREA MONITORING             7
* STEP       ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED PAGE 7 of 8 NOTE: Attachment 1 shows the location of Surry County's Primary and Alternate Evacuation Assembly Centers.
12 DECONTAMINATE AT SURRY COUNTY EVACUATION ASSEMBLY CENTER:
a) Ask RPS for assistance to transport evacuee(s) to Surry County Evacuation Assembly Center b) Go with evacuee(s) to Evacuation Assembly Center c) Try to decontaminate evacuee RETURN TO Step 10
* d) 13 MONITOR DECONTAMINATION AREA 14 CLEAN ANY AREAS FOUND TO BE CONTAMINATED 15 COMPLETE SURVEYS AND MAKE SURE THE FOLLOWING DATA HAS BEEN RECORDED ON EACH FORM:
* Date
* Date
* Time
* Time
* Instrument used and serial number 16 GET ALL BAGS CONTAINING CONTAMINATED MATERIAL *.
* Instrument used and serial number 16 GET ALL BAGS CONTAINING CONTAMINATED MATERIAL
* *
*                                                                                      *.
* NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.21 EVACUATION AND REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREA MONITORING 7 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE )7 RETURN TO STATION 18 TAKE DOSIMETRY TO EXPOSURE CONTROL 19 TERMINATE EPIP-4.21:
 
NUMBER                           PROCEDURE TITLE                         REVISION EPIP-4.21         EVACUATION AND REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREA MONITORING             7
* STEP       ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED PAGE 8 of 8
        )7 RETURN TO STATION 18 TAKE DOSIMETRY TO EXPOSURE CONTROL 19 TERMINATE EPIP-4.21:
* Give completed EPIP-4.21, forms and other records to the Radiation Protection Supervisor
* Give completed EPIP-4.21, forms and other records to the Radiation Protection Supervisor
* Completed By: -------Date: Time: -END-PAGE 8 of 8 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED .,
* Completed By: - - - - - - -
I
Date:
* I * *
Time:
* NUMBER ATTACHMENT TITLE EPIP-4.21 LOCATION OF REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREAS ATTACHMENT 1 PRAA: Primary Remote Assembly Area (Under power lines, 1.1 miles east of intersection at Rt. 650 and Rt. 628) SRAA: Secondary Remote Assembly Area (Surry Parks and Recreation Community Center) EAC1: Evacuation Assembly Center, Surry County High School EAC2: Evacuation Assembly Center, Surry County Elementary School N s REVISION 7 PAGE 1 of 1 Surry Power Station
*                                          -END-
* Level 2 Contro1&#xa5;aT&0I*'h~~~R . Maintained  
*                                                                                    .,
~lJ,ijRi*;  
 
!Be~aill~~
NUMBER                          ATTACHMENT TITLE              REVISION I
TIO N Do noi:~~sR:kMrlmlfflllf6MfiijJE1[~rtPROCEDURE NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE EPIP-4.30 USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL (With 2 Attachments)
* EPIP-4.21               LOCATION OF REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREAS             7
PURPOSE To provide instructions for execution of the MIDAS Class A Model. ENTRY CONDITIONS Any one of the following:
* I ATTACHMENT                                                           PAGE 1                                                            1 of 1 PRAA: Primary Remote Assembly Area (Under power lines, 1.1 miles east of intersection at Rt. 650 and Rt. 628)
SRAA: Secondary Remote Assembly Area (Surry Parks and Recreation Community Center) N EAC1: Evacuation Assembly Center, Surry County High School EAC2: Evacuation Assembly Center, Surry County Elementary School s
Surry
* Power Station
* Level 2 Contro1&#xa5;aT&0I*'h~~~R
                      . Maintained ~lJ,ijRi; !Be~aill~~TIO N Do noi:~~sR:kMrlmlfflllf6MfiijJE1[~rtPROCEDURE NUMBER                                 PROCEDURE TITLE                       REVIS ION EPIP-4.30                       USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL                           6 PAGE (With 2 Attachments) 1 of 21 PURPOSE To provide instructions for execution of the MIDAS Class A Model.
ENTRY CONDITIONS Any one of the following:
: 1. Entry from EPIP-4.01, RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT DIRECTOR CONTROLLING PROCEDURE.
: 1. Entry from EPIP-4.01, RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT DIRECTOR CONTROLLING PROCEDURE.
: 2. Entry from EPIP-4.03.
: 2. Entry from EPIP-4.03. DOSE ASSESSMENT TEAM CONTROLLING PROCEDURE.
DOSE ASSESSMENT TEAM CONTROLLING PROCEDURE.
: 3. Direction by the Radiological Assessment Director or Radiological Assessment Coordinator.
: 3. Direction by the Radiological Assessment Director or Radiological Assessment Coordinator.
APPROVAL RECOMMENDED SNSOC APPROVAL DATE io/~r CHAIRMAN SNSOC STATION MANAGER APPROVAL DATE ,o.c;.'t8 REVIS ION 6 PAGE 1 of 21 EFFECTIVE DATE 1(:)-\~-Form No. 723758(Apr
APPROVAL RECOMMENDED         SNSOC             APPROVAL             APPROVAL      EFFECTIVE
: 91)
  ~~
CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that.was entered before initiating a run, or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct, the CONFIRM ~ox i~ selected to continue model processing.
DATE                                  DATE          DATE io/~r             ~~~                ,o.c;.'t8   1(:)- \~- ~~
The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
* CHAIRMAN SNSOC                                  STATION MANAGER Form No. 723758(Apr 91)
* ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM.
 
EXIT, RESET)
CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that.was entered before initiating a run, or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct, the CONFIRM ~ox i~
selected to continue model processing.       The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
* ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM. EXIT, RESET)
* MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
* MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RUN TYPE ANO TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RUN TYPE ANO TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM.
* OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
RESET)
* RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT)
* MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT)
* Surry release points are assigned as follows: * *
* Surry release points are assigned as follows:
* Release Point 1: Release Point 2: Release Point 3: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
* Release Point 1:   Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
Process Vent Main Steam Safety Valves and AFWPT 1. l&#xa3; the touch screen feature is activated, THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal, THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:
* Release Point 2:  Process Vent
a) Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.
* Release Point 3:  Main Steam Safety Valves and AFWPT
bl Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen. c) Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.
: 1. l&#xa3; the touch screen feature is activated, THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal, THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:
a)   Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.
bl   Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen.
c)   Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.
NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.
NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.
: 2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired, THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
: 2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired, THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
: 3. l&#xa3; a particular terminal malfunctions.
: 3. l&#xa3; a particular terminal malfunctions. THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
: 4. l.E a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.
: 4. l.E a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.
* NUMBER                             PROCEDURE TITLE                           REVIS ION EPIP-4.30                     USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL                           6
* *
* STEP       ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                     RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED PAGE 2 of 21 NOTE:
* NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVIS ION EPIP-4.30 USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL 6 STEP PAGE 2 of 21 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE:
* Dose assessments should be performed within 15 minutes after a radiological release. MIDAS may underestimate the effects of a release which begins or ends during the current 15-minute period.
* Dose assessments should be performed within 15 minutes after a radiological release. MIDAS may underestimate the effects of a release which begins or ends during the current 15-minute period. 1
* An abnormal run is one in which a red bar containing messages that meteorological or radiation monitor data is missing appears on the screen.
* An abnormal run is one in which a red bar containing messages that meteorological or radiation monitor data is missing appears on the screen.
* Pressing the DIALOG key causes the terminal to display three l i'nes of text and allows the operator to read system messages during a* run.
* Pressing the DIALOG key causes the terminal to display three l i'nes of text and allows the operator to read system messages during a*
* Attachment
run.
: 2. Design Basis Accident Technical Overview, provides assumptions and default values used in the MIDAS code and EPIPs. INITIATE PROCEDURE:
* Attachment 2. Design Basis Accident Technical Overview, provides assumptions and default values used in the MIDAS code and EPIPs.
a) By: _________
INITIATE PROCEDURE:
_ Date: _________ Ti me: _________
* a) By: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __
_ b) Press START/STOP button (the top button near the lower right front of terminal) c) Ensure STOP/START button stays in the engaged position d) Press LOCK key on the keyboard e) Verify LOCK and TEK indicating lights -ON f) Verify MIDAS in one of the following locations being used:
Date: _________           ~
Ti me: __________
b) Press START/STOP button (the top button near the lower right front of terminal) c) Ensure STOP/START button stays in the engaged position d) Press LOCK key on the keyboard e) Verify LOCK and TEK indicating         e) Do the following:
lights - ON
: 1) Notify RAD/RAC MIDAS terminal mal functioning.
2). Initiate Attachment 1.
f) Verify MIDAS in one of the             f) ll  in CEOF. THEN ensure "Black following locations being used:           Box" ABC switch positioned to "B" for Surry.
* Surry HP Office
* Surry HP Office
* Surry TSC
* Surry TSC
* Surry LEOF g) Verify -INITIAL MIDAS RUN e) Do the following:
* Surry LEOF g) Verify - INITIAL MIDAS RUN             g) GO TO Step 5 .
: 1) Notify RAD/RAC MIDAS terminal mal functioning.
* CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30.
2). Initiate Attachment
: 1. f) ll in CEOF. THEN ensure "Black Box" ABC switch positioned to "B" for Surry. g) GO TO Step 5 .
NOTE:
NOTE:
* CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30.
* MIDAS screens have selection boxes th*at may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered
MIDAS screens have selection boxes th*at may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered before initiating a run. or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct, the CONFIRM box is selected to continue model processing.
* before initiating a run. or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct, the CONFIRM box is selected to continue model processing.       The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
* ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT. RESET)
* ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT. RESET)
* MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
* MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
Line 437: Line 833:
* WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT)
* MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT)
* Surry release points are assigned as follows: * *
* Surry release points are assigned as follows:
* Release Point 1: Release Point 2: Release Point 3: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
* Release Point 1:   Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
Process Vent Main Steam Safety Valves and AFWPT 1. lE the touch screen feature is activated, THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal.
* Release Point 2:  Process Vent
THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:
* Release Point 3:  Main Steam Safety Valves and AFWPT
a) Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.
: 1. lE the touch screen feature is activated, THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal. THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:
bJ Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen. c) Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.
a) bJ Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.
Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen.
* c)   Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.
NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.
NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.
: 2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired, THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
: 2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired, THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
: 3. lE a particular terminal malfunctions, THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
: 3. lE a particular terminal malfunctions, THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
: 4. lE a terminal lock-up occurs, THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions. * * * 
: 4. lE a terminal lock-up occurs, THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.
* NUMBER                            PROCEDURE TITLE                            REVIS ION EPIP-4.30                    USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL                            6 PAGE 3 of 21 STEP        ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                    RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 2 DO INITIAL ASSESSMENT:
a) Press RETURN b) Verify USERNAME displayed            b) lE "Local>" appears. THEN type C SMIDAS and RETURN TO Step 2.a.
l.E message "Local -715 or Local -013" appears. THEN do the following:
: 1) Press CTRL K keys.
: 2) WHEN "Local>" appears. THEN type C NMIDAS.
: 3) Wait for USERNAME to appear.
*
*
* NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVIS ION EPIP-4.30 USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL 6 PAGE 3 of 21 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 2 DO INITIAL ASSESSMENT:
: 4) l.E USERNAME appears. THEN do the following:
a) Press RETURN b) Verify USERNAME displayed c) Type MIDAS d) Press RETURN e) Verify MIDAS in one of the following locations being used:
a) GO TO Step 2.c.
* Surry HP Office
b) Continue using manually entered monitor and met data.
l.E USERNAME does NOT appear,
* THEN do dose assessment using manual EPIPs.
c) Type MIDAS d) Press RETURN e) Verify MIDAS in one of the            e) l.E in CEOF, THEN do the following locations being used:          following:
* Surry HP Office                       1) Type SU (Surry Site ID).
* Surry TSC
* Surry TSC
* Surry LEOF (STEP 2 CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) b) lE "Local>" appears. THEN type C SMIDAS and RETURN TO Step 2.a. l.E message "Local -715 or Local -013" appears. THEN do the following:
* Surry LEOF                             2) Press RETURN.
: 1) Press CTRL K keys. 2) WHEN "Local>" appears. THEN type C NMIDAS. 3) Wait for USERNAME to appear. 4) l.E USERNAME appears. THEN do the following:
(STEP 2 CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE)
a) GO TO Step 2.c. b) Continue using manually entered monitor and met data. l.E USERNAME does NOT appear,
* CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 MIDAS screens have* selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered
* THEN do dose assessment using manual EPIPs. e) l.E in CEOF, THEN do the following:
* before initiating a run, or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct, the CONFIRM h,ox i~
: 1) Type SU (Surry Site ID). 2) Press RETURN.
selected to continue model processing.       The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 MIDAS screens have* selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered before initiating a run, or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct, the CONFIRM h,ox i~ selected to continue model processing.
The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
* ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT, RESET)
* ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT, RESET)
* MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
* MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
Line 467: Line 873:
* WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT)
* MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT)
* Surry release points are assigned as follows: * *
* Surry release points are assigned as follows:
* Release Point 1: Release Point 2: Release Point 3: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
* Release Point 1:   Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
Process Vent Main Steam Safety Valves and AFWPT 1. l&#xa3;. the touch screen feature is activated, THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal, THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:
* Release Point 2:  Process Vent
a) Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.
* Release Point 3:  Main Steam Safety Valves and AFWPT
b) Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen. c) Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.
: 1. l&#xa3;. the touch screen feature is activated, THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal, THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:
a) b)
Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.
Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen.
* c)   Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.
NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key wi.11 produce light text on a -black background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.
NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key wi.11 produce light text on a -black background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.
: 2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired. THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
: 2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired. THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
: 3. l&#xa3;. a particular terminal malfunctions, THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
: 3. l&#xa3;. a particular terminal malfunctions, THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
: 4. l&#xa3;. a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions. * * * 
: 4. l&#xa3;. a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.
* * * ... NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.30 USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL 6 PAGE 4 of 21 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 2 DO INITIAL ASSESSMENT: (Continued) f) WHEN the following prompt appears ENTER: [Sl] [S2J [Rl] [R2] [EX] SURRY 1 SURRY 2 SURRY 1 TREND SURRY 2 TREND EXIT THEN type appropriate unit (Sl or S2) g) Press RETURN h) WHEN the following prompt appears [XX] [XXX] * [ FM] [CTRL-ZJ FUNCTION OR TASK CODE FUNCTION AND TASK CODE FUNCTION MENU EXIT THEN type TS (touch screen) i) Press RETURN j) Verify MIDAS connected to Surry VAX k) Check if quick assessment desired l) Touch REAL TIME QUICK DOSE PROJECTIONS on the ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION screen m) Touch CONFIRM j) lE. MIDAS is connected to North Anna VAX (i.e .. connection made using C NMIDAS), THEN GO TO Step 6. k) GO TO Step 5. .. l
                                                                                    *
! NOTE:
 
* CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data th~t was entered before initiating a run, or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct, the CONFIRM qox i~ selected to continue model processing.
                        ...
The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
NUMBER                                 PROCEDURE TITLE                           REVISION EPIP-4.30                         USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL                           6
* PAGE 4 of 21 STEP         ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                       RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 2 DO INITIAL ASSESSMENT: (Continued) f) WHEN the following prompt appears ENTER: [Sl]   SURRY  1
[S2J   SURRY  2
[Rl]   SURRY  1 TREND
[R2]   SURRY  2 TREND
[EX]   EXIT THEN type appropriate unit (Sl or S2) g)   Press RETURN h) WHEN the following prompt appears
*
[XX]       FUNCTION OR TASK CODE
[XXX]       FUNCTION AND TASK CODE
              * [ FM]       FUNCTION MENU
[CTRL-ZJ   EXIT THEN type TS (touch screen) i) Press RETURN j) Verify MIDAS connected to Surry           j) lE. MIDAS is connected to North VAX                                        Anna VAX (i.e .. connection made using C NMIDAS), THEN GO TO Step 6.
k) Check if quick assessment                  k) GO TO Step 5.
desired l) Touch REAL TIME QUICK DOSE PROJECTIONS on the ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION screen m) Touch CONFIRM
*                                                                                              . l
 
CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 NOTE:
* MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data th~t was entered
* before initiating a run, or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct, the CONFIRM qox i~
selected to continue model processing.       The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
* ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT. RESET)
* ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT. RESET)
* MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
* MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM.
* RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
RESET)
* RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
* RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM.
* OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
RESET)
* OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM.
RESET)
* RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT)
* MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT)
* Surry release points are assigned as follows: * *
* Surry release points are assigned as follows:
* Release Point 1: Release Point 2: Release Point 3: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow .(EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
* Release Point 1:   Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow
Process Vent Main Steam Safety Valves and AFWPT 1. lE the touch screen feature is activated.
                                    .(EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal.
* Release Point 2: Process Vent
THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:
* Release Point 3: Main Steam Safety Valves and AFWPT
a) Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.
: 1. lE the touch screen feature is activated. THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal. THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:
b) Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen. c) Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.
a)   Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.
* b)   Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen.
c)   Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.
NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.
NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.
: 2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired. THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
: 2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired. THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
: 3. lE a particular terminal malfunctions.
: 3. lE a particular terminal malfunctions. THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
: 4. l&#xa3;. a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.
: 4. l&#xa3;. a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions. * *
                                                                                    *
* NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVIS ION EPIP-4.30 USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL 6 PAGE 5 of 21 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE:
!
* Meteorological (MET) parameters with good values are backlit in gray with their value under the parameter name. __ 3
 
* Rate of rainfall (inches per lS minutes) may be obtained from the Virginia Power Weather Center (Innsbrook.
NUMBER                           PROCEDURE TITLE                           REVIS ION EPIP-4.30                     USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL                         6 PAGE 5 of 21 STEP       ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                   RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE:
8-730-3025).
* Meteorological (MET) parameters with good values are backlit in gray with their value under the parameter name.
Zero (0) may be entered if data is not available; However, using 2ero during periods of rainfall may yield unrepresentative results.
* Rate of rainfall (inches per lS minutes) may be obtained from the Virginia Power Weather Center (Innsbrook. 8-730-3025). Zero (0) may be entered if data is not available; However, using 2ero during periods of rainfall may yield unrepresentative results.
* The Stability Class letter designator (A-G) should be used in lieu of a Delta T numerical value. This is preferred because numerical values must be entered in &deg;F. but station monitoring systems display the parameter in &deg;C.
* The Stability Class letter designator (A-G) should be used in lieu of a Delta T numerical value. This is preferred because numerical values must be entered in &deg;F. but station monitoring systems display the parameter in &deg;C.
* EPIP-4.10.
* EPIP-4.10. Determination of X/0, contains instructions for getting meteorological information. e.g. inches rainfall, when on-site measurements unavailable.
Determination of X/0, contains instructions for getting meteorological information.
__ 3    ENTER METEOROLOGICAL. DATA:
e.g. inches rainfall, when on-site measurements unavailable.
a) Check gray boxes - APPEAR             a) GO TO Step 3.f.
ENTER METEOROLOGICAL.
b) Touch RAIN box C) Put in rate of rainfall (inches per 15 minutes) d) Touch CONFIRM e) GO TO Step 3.j f) Do one of the following:
DATA: a) b) C) d) e) f) Check gray boxes -APPEAR Touch RAIN box Put in rate of rainfall (inches per 15 minutes) Touch CONFIRM GO TO Step 3.j Do one of the following:
* Use LAST MET and touch each box to activate parameter
* Use LAST MET and touch each box to activate parameter
* Touch box for each MET parameter to be entered and put in value using the NUM pad g) Verify the entered value appears under the parameter name (STEP 3 CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) a) GO TO Step 3.f. g) Enter parameter value again.
* Touch box for each MET parameter to be entered and put in value using the NUM pad g) Verify the entered value             g) Enter parameter value again.
7 NOTE:
appears under the parameter name (STEP 3 CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE)
* CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET, CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered before initiating a run. or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct, the CONFIRM qox is. selected to continue model processing.
 
The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 NOTE:
* MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET, CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered
* before initiating a run. or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct, the CONFIRM qox is.
selected to continue model processing.       The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
* ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT, RESET)
* ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT, RESET)
* MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM.
* MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM. RESET)
RESET)
* RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM.
* WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
RESET)
* MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT)
* MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT)
* Surry release points are assigned as follows: * *
* Surry release points are assigned as follows:
* Release Point 1: Release Point 2: Release Point 3: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point .1 is "0.00E+OO" based on no containment release.)
* Release Point 1:   Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point .1 is "0.00E+OO" based on no containment release.)
Process Vent Main Steam Safety Valves and AFWPT 1. l&#xa3;. the touch screen feature is activated, THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal.
* Release Point 2:  Process Vent
THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:
* Release Point 3:  Main Steam Safety Valves and AFWPT
a) Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.
: 1. l&#xa3;. the touch screen feature is activated, THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal. THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:
b) Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen. c) Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.
a) b)
Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.
Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen.
* c)     Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.
NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.
NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.
: 2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired. THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
: 2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired. THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
: 3. l&#xa3;. a particular terminal malfunctions.
: 3. l&#xa3;. a particular terminal malfunctions. THEN dose pr_ojections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
THEN dose pr_ojections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
: 4. l&#xa3;. a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.
: 4. l&#xa3;. a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions. * * * 
7
* *
* NUMBER                             PROCEDURE TITLE                               REVISION EPIP-4.30                     USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL                               6
* NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.30 USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL 6 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 3 ENTER METEOROLOGICAL DATA: (Continued) h) Ensure values for each of the following parameters are entered (touch the appropriate box and enter the value using the NUM pad as needed):
* STEP       ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                         RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED PAGE 6 of 21 3 ENTER METEOROLOGICAL DATA: (Continued) h) Ensure values for each of the following parameters are entered (touch the appropriate box and enter the value using the NUM pad as needed):
* Delta temperature
* Delta temperature [enter letter of Stability Class (A-G) in Delta T field]:
[enter letter of Stability Class (A-G) in Delta T field]: DELTA T ( o C) SIGMA THETA -0.67 22.5 -0.66 to -0.60 22.4 to -0.59 to -0.53 17.4 to -0.52 to -0.18 12.4 to -0.17 to +0.53 7.4 to +0.54 to +1.41 3.7 to > +1.41 < 2.1
DELTA T (o C)       SIGMA THETA   ( 0 )      STABILITY CLASS
                      ~ -0.67                 ~ 22.5             A (most unstable)
                    -0.66 to -0.60         22.4 to 17.5          B
*
                    -0.59 to -0.53         17.4 to 12.5          C
                    -0.52 to -0.18         12.4 to 7.5            D
                    -0.17 to +0.53         7.4   to 3.8          E
                    +0.54 to +1.41         3.7   to 2 .1          F
                      > +1.41                 < 2.1             G (most stable)
* Upper and lower wind speed (mph)
* Upper and lower wind speed (mph)
* Lower wind direction (degrees)
* Lower wind direction (degrees)
* Ambient temperature
* Ambient temperature (&deg;F)
(&deg;F)
* Rain (inches per 15 minutes) i) Touch CONFIRM after all MET parameters are correctly entered (STEP 3 CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE)
* Rain (inches per 15 minutes) i) Touch CONFIRM after all MET parameters are correctly entered (STEP 3 CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) 17.5 12.5 7.5 3.8 2 .1 PAGE 6 of 21 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED ( 0 ) STABILITY CLASS A (most unstable)
*                                                                                              *.
B C D E F G (most stable) * ..
 
CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered before initiating a run. or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct. the CONFIRM ~ox i~ selected to continue model processing.
CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30
The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
                                                                                          .-
MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered
* before initiating a run. or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct. the CONFIRM ~ox i~
selected to continue model processing.       The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
* ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT, RESET)
* ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT, RESET)
* MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
* MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)                       .~
* RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
Line 560: Line 1,001:
* WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT)
* MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT)
* Surry release points are assigned as follows*:  
* Surry release points are assigned as follows*:
* *
* Release Point 1:   Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
* Release Point 1: Release Point 2: Release Point 3: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
* Release Point 2:  Process Vent
Process Vent Main Steam Safety Valves and AFWPT 1. l[ the touch screen feature is activated, THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal.
* Release Point 3:  Main Steam Safety Valves and AFWPT
THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:
: 1. l[     the touch screen feature is activated, THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal. THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:
a) Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.
a) b)
b) Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen. c) Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.
Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.
Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen.
* c)     Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.
NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a b1ack background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.
NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a b1ack background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.
: 2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired. THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
: 2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired. THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
: 3. l[ a particular terminal malfunctions.
: 3. l[   a particular terminal malfunctions. THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
: 4. l[   a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.
: 4. l[ a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions. .~ .-* * * 
                                                                                        *
*, *
 
* NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVIS ION EPIP-4.30 USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL 6 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 3 ENTER METEOROLOGICAL DATA: (Continued) j) Verify run proceeds into calculation mode 4 GET REPORTS: a) Check if SPECIAL REPORT appears following calculation routine b) Make a print of SPECIAL REPORT (touch "D COPY/S COPY") c) Touch CONTINUE d) WHEN page 1 of the RADIOLOGICAL STATUS REPORT appears, THEN press "D COPY/S COPY" e) Touch CONTINUE f) WHEN page 2 of the RADIOLOGICAL STATUS REPORT appears, THEN press "D COPY/S COPY" g) Touch MORE REPORTS h) Wait for MORE REPORTS SELECTION screen to appear (STEP 4 CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) PAGE 7 of 21 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED j) lE Red Warning message appears (i.e., rad monitor data invalid).
*,
THEN do the following:
NUMBER                           PROCEDURE TITLE                           REVIS ION EPIP-4.30                     USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL                           6 PAGE 7 of 21 STEP       ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                   RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 3 ENTER METEOROLOGICAL DATA: (Continued) j) Verify run proceeds into             j) lE Red Warning message appears calculation mode                         (i.e., rad monitor data invalid). THEN do the following:
: 1) Touch EXIT. 2) RETURN TO Step 2.j. a) lE DATA RESULT SCREEN appears. THEN touch CONTINUE multiple times to step through data results and calculation routine until the SPECIAL REPORT appears . .,
: 1)  Touch EXIT.
t NOTE:
: 2) RETURN TO Step 2.j.
* CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered before initiating a run, or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct. the CONFIRM box is selected to continue model processing.
4 GET REPORTS:
The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
a) Check if SPECIAL REPORT appears       a) lE DATA RESULT SCREEN appears.
following calculation routine           THEN touch CONTINUE multiple times to step through data results and calculation routine until the SPECIAL REPORT appears .
* b) Make a print of SPECIAL REPORT (touch "D COPY/S COPY")
c) Touch CONTINUE d) WHEN page 1 of the RADIOLOGICAL STATUS REPORT appears, THEN press "D COPY/S COPY" e) Touch CONTINUE f) WHEN page 2 of the RADIOLOGICAL STATUS REPORT appears, THEN press "D COPY/S COPY" g) Touch MORE REPORTS h) Wait for MORE REPORTS SELECTION screen to appear (STEP 4 CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE)
  *                                                                                          .,
 
CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 NOTE:
* MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered     .*
before initiating a run, or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct. the CONFIRM box is selected to continue model processing.       The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
              *
* ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT, RESET)
* ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT, RESET)
* MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
                                                                                    *
* RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM.
* RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
RESET)
* OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
* OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM.
RESET)
* RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM.
* MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM. EXIT)
EXIT)
* Surry release points are assigned as follows:
* Surry release points are assigned as follows: * *
* Release Point 1:   Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no contai~ment release.)
* Release Point 1: Release Point 2: Release Point 3: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no contai~ment release.)
* Release Point 2:  Process Vent
Process Vent Main Steam Safety Valves and AFWPT 1. l.E. the touch screen feature is activated.
* Release Point 3:  Main Steam Safety Valves and AFWPT
THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal, THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:
: 1. l.E. the touch screen feature is activated. THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal, THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:
a) Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the ~rocedure.
a)   Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the ~rocedure.
b) Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen. c) Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.
* b)   Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen.
c)   Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.
NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image), which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.
NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image), which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.
: 2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired, THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
: 2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired, THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
: 3. l.E. a particular terminal malfunctions, THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
: 3. l.E. a particular terminal malfunctions, THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
: 4. l.E. a terminal lock-up occurs, THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions. .* * * * 
: 4. l.E. a terminal lock-up occurs, THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.
t
                                                                                    *
 
..:
..:
* NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.30 USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL 6 PAGE -, 8 of 21 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 4 GET REPORTS: (Continued) i) Check with RAD/RAC about need for the following specific reports (to support State assessments):
NUMBER                           PROCEDURE TITLE                           REVISION EPIP-4.30                     USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL                         6 PAGE
      -,
8 of 21 STEP         ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                   RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 4 GET REPORTS: (Continued) i) Check with RAD/RAC about need         i) WHEN NO additional reports are for the following specific               needed. THEN do the following:
reports (to support State assessments):                           1) Touch EXIT twice to return to the ACCIDENT RUN MENU
* MET. RAD, l/0. DOSE  
* MET. RAD, l/0. DOSE  


==SUMMARY==
==SUMMARY==
SELECTION SCREEN.
* DOSE/DOSE RATE PLOTS
* DOSE/DOSE RATE PLOTS
* Additional SPECIAL REPORT
* Additional SPECIAL REPORT             2) GO TO Step 15.
* Additional RADIOLOGICAL STATUS REPORT j) Touch box for desired report k) Touch CONFIRM l) Check if REPORT PARAMETER SELECTION screen appears m) Set projection time on REPORT PARAMETER SELECTION SCREEN: 1) Touch PROJ. TIME box to scroll to duration specified by RAD/RAC (Use 2-hour default duration if no duration specified)
* Additional RADIOLOGICAL STATUS REPORT j) Touch box for desired report k) Touch CONFIRM l) Check if REPORT PARAMETER             1) GO TO Step 14.
: 2) Touch CONFIRM n) GO TO Step 14 i) WHEN NO additional reports are needed. THEN do the following:
SELECTION screen appears m) Set projection time on REPORT PARAMETER SELECTION SCREEN:
: 1) Touch EXIT twice to return to the ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION SCREEN. 2) GO TO Step 15. 1) GO TO Step 14.
: 1) Touch PROJ. TIME box to scroll to duration specified by RAD/RAC (Use 2-hour default duration if no duration specified)
CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET, CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered before initiating a run. or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct. the CONFIRM b.ox is. selected to continue model processing.
: 2) Touch CONFIRM n) GO TO Step 14
The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
* CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET, CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered     C
* before initiating a run. or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct. the CONFIRM b.ox is.
selected to continue model processing.       The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
* ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT, RESET)
* ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT, RESET)
* MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
* MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM.
* OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
RESET)
* RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT)
* MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT)
* Surry release points are assigned as follows: * *
* Surry release points are assigned as follows:
* Release Point 1: Release Point 2: Release Point 3: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
* Release Point 1:   Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
Process Vent Main Steam Safety Valves and AFWPT 1. l&#xa3;. the touch screen feature is activated, THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal.
* Release Point 2:  Process Vent
THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:
* Release Point 3:  Main Steam Safety Valves and AFWPT
a) Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.
: 1. l&#xa3;. the touch screen feature is activated, THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal. THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:
bJ Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen. c) Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.
a) bJ Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.
Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen.
* c)   Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.
NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image), which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.
NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image), which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.
: 2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired. THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
: 2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired. THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
: 3. l&#xa3;. a particular termina-1 malfunctions.
: 3. l&#xa3;. a particular termina-1 malfunctions. THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
: 4. l&#xa3;. a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.
: 4. l&#xa3;. a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions. C * * * 
                                                                                    *
* *
 
* NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVIS ION EPIP-4.30 USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL 6 STEP PAGE 9 of 21 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED .,"" NOTE: CHRRMS (Unit 1: RMS-127/128, Unit 2: RMS-227/228) readings may be used to select MIDAS LOCA accident type. HOURS CONTAINMENT HIGH RANGE RADIATION AFTER LOCA MONITOR READING (R/hr) 0 ~l. 3E+4 1 ~5. OE+3 2 ~3.7E+3 4 ~2.8E+3 MIDAS ACCIDENT LOCA TYPE SELECTION MELT 5 DO ENHANCED DOSE ASSESSMENT WITH DEFAULT DATA: a) Verify MIDAS system default data to be used Ci .e .. real time meteorological and radiation monitor data. and default accident isotope mix) b) Touch REAL TIME ENHANCED DOSE PROJECTIONS c) Touch CONFIRM d) WHEN the OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION menu appears, THEN touch the selection box for the accident type designated by the RAD/RAC e) Touch CONFIRM f) RETURN TO Step 3 ~4.5E+2 ~l. 54 ~l. 8E+2 ~l. 3 ~l.4E+2 ~1.2 ~8.6E+l ~1.0 LOCA LOCA GAP PC a) GO TO Step 6. I . I I I I i 
                                                                                            . I I
.r NOTE:
NUMBER                             PROCEDURE TITLE                             REVIS ION EPIP-4.30                     USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL                               6
* CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 MIDAS screens have *selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered before initiating a run. or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct. the CONFIRM QOX is. selected to continue model processing.
* STEP       ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                     RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED PAGE 9 of 21
The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
                                                                                    .,""
* ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM.
NOTE: CHRRMS (Unit 1: RMS-127/128, Unit 2: RMS-227/228) readings may be used to select MIDAS LOCA accident type.
EXIT, RESET)
HOURS         CONTAINMENT HIGH RANGE RADIATION AFTER LOCA             MONITOR READING (R/hr) 0             ~l. 3E+4     ~4.5E+2      ~l. 54 1             ~5. OE+3      ~l. 8E+2    ~l. 3 2             ~3.7E+3       ~l.4E+2      ~1.2 4             ~2.8E+3       ~8.6E+l      ~1.0 MIDAS ACCIDENT       LOCA        LOCA        LOCA TYPE SELECTION       MELT         GAP          PC
* MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM.
* 5 DO ENHANCED DOSE ASSESSMENT WITH DEFAULT DATA:
RESET)
a) Verify MIDAS system default data to be used Ci .e .. real a) GO TO Step 6.
* RUN TYPE ANO TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM.
time meteorological and radiation monitor data. and default accident isotope mix) b) Touch REAL TIME ENHANCED DOSE PROJECTIONS c) Touch CONFIRM d) WHEN the OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION menu appears, THEN touch the selection box for the accident type designated by the RAD/RAC e) Touch CONFIRM f) RETURN TO Step 3
RESET)
* CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 NOTE:
* MIDAS screens have *selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered     .
before initiating a run. or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct. the CONFIRM QOX is.
selected to continue model processing.       The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
              *
* ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM. EXIT, RESET)
MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM. RESET)
                                                                                  *
* RUN TYPE ANO TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
* RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM.
* OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
RESET)
* RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
* RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM.
RESET)
* WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT)
* MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT)
* Surry release points are assigned as follows: * *
* Surry release points are assigned as follows:
* Release Point 1: Release Point 2: Release Point 3: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
* Release Point 1: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
Process Vent Main Steam Safety Valves and AFWPT 1. l&#xa3;. the touch screen feature is activated.
* Release Point 2:  Process Vent
THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal.
* Release Point 3:  Main Steam Safety Valves and AFWPT
THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:
: 1. l&#xa3;. the touch screen feature is activated. THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal. THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:
a) Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.
a) b)
b) Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen. c) Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.
Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.
Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen.
* c)   Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.
NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.
NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.
: 2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired. THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
: 2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired. THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
: 3. 1&#xa3; a particular terminal malfunctions.
: 3. 1&#xa3; a particular terminal malfunctions. THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
: 4. 1&#xa3; a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.
: 4. 1&#xa3; a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions. .. * * * 
.r
*,. NUMBER EPIP-4.30 PROCEDURE TITLE* USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL REVISION 6 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE PAGE 10 of 21 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE:
                                                                                  *
* Each input screen will appear with preselected values backlit in white. Changes are made by pressing the appropriate box and using the touch screen keypad in the upper right quadrant on the screen. Keypad entries are entered by touching EN on the keypad. Times between midnight.and 0100 must be entered as 2400 through 2459 using the previous date.
 
* Use of bad radiation monitor or source term data (equal to zero) during a previous run will require selection of a new (different) release option. 6 USE REAL TIME ALL SCREEN DOSE PROJECTIONS TO DO ENHANCED DOSE ASSESSMENT WITH OPTIONAL OPERATOR INPUT DATA: a) Verify user input is desired for Release Date/Time, Release Option, Monitor Data or Sample Data b) Touch REAL TIME ALL SCREEN DOSE PROJECTIONS c ) Touch CONFIRM d) WHEN MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS screen appears. THEN verify default choices are to be used e ) Touch CONFIRM a) RETURN TO Step 5. d) Adjust choices on the MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS screen per RAD/RAC instructions Touch MANUAL if manual input of weather data is desired. *,
*,.
t CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 NOTE:
NUMBER                           PROCEDURE TITLE*                          REVISION EPIP-4.30                     USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL                         6 PAGE 10 of 21 STEP         ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE:
* MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered before initiating a run, or to return to a previous screen. When ** all information on the screen is correct, the CONFIRM pox i? selected to continue model processing.
* Each input screen will appear with preselected values backlit in white. Changes are made by pressing the appropriate box and using the touch screen keypad in the upper right quadrant on the screen.
The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
Keypad entries are entered by touching EN on the keypad. Times between midnight.and 0100 must be entered as 2400 through 2459 using the previous date.
* ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM.
* Use of bad radiation monitor or source term data (equal to zero) during a previous run will require selection of a new (different) release option.
EXIT. RESET)
6 USE REAL TIME ALL SCREEN DOSE PROJECTIONS TO DO ENHANCED DOSE ASSESSMENT WITH OPTIONAL OPERATOR INPUT DATA:
a) Verify user input is desired         a) RETURN TO Step 5.
for Release Date/Time, Release Option, Monitor Data or Sample Data b) Touch REAL TIME ALL SCREEN DOSE PROJECTIONS c ) Touch CONFIRM d) WHEN MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS       d) Adjust choices on the screen appears. THEN verify             MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS screen default choices are to be used         per RAD/RAC instructions Touch MANUAL if manual input of weather data is desired.
e ) Touch CONFIRM
                                                                                          *,
 
CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 NOTE:
* MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered     ~
before initiating a run, or to return to a previous screen. When     **
all information on the screen is correct, the CONFIRM pox i?
selected to continue model processing.       The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
* ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM. EXIT. RESET)
* MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
* MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM.
* RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
RESET)
* RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM.
* OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
RESET)
* RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM.
* MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM. EXIT)
EXIT)
* Surry release points are assigned as follows:
* Surry release points are assigned as follows:
* Release Point 1: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
* Release Point 1: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
* Release Point 2: Process Vent
* Release Point 2:   Process Vent
* Release Point 3: Main Steam Safety Valves and AFWPT l. l&#xa3;. the touch screen feature is activated.
* Release Point 3: Main Steam Safety Valves and AFWPT
THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal.
: l. l&#xa3;. the touch screen feature is activated. THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal. THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:
THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:
a) b)
a) Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.
Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.
b) Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen. c) Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.
Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen.
* c)   Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.
NOTE: C~pying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image), which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.
NOTE: C~pying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image), which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.
: 2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired. THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the -screen is displayed.
: 2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired. THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the -screen is displayed.
: 3. l&#xa3;. a particular terminal malfunctions.
: 3. l&#xa3;. a particular terminal malfunctions. THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
: 4. l&#xa3;. a terminal lock-up occurs, THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.
: 4. l&#xa3;. a terminal lock-up occurs, THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions. *
t
* r * *
* NUMBER                           PROCEDURE TITLE                             REVISION EPIP-4.30                   USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL                           6
* NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.30 USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL 6 PAGE 11 of 21 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE:
* PAGE 11 of 21 STEP       ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                   RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE:
* Run type is preset to PROJECTED (FORECAST)
* Run type is preset to PROJECTED (FORECAST) DOSE.
DOSE.
* PROJECTION TIME (HOURS) is preset to 1, 2, 4 and 8.
* PROJECTION TIME (HOURS) is preset to 1, 2, 4 and 8. 7 INPUT DATE AND TIME INFORMATION:
7 INPUT DATE AND TIME INFORMATION:
a) WHEN RUN MODE ANO INTEGRATION TIME SELECTION screen appears, THEN verify current date/time to be used b) Touch CONFIRM a) I.E. current date/time NOT to be used, THEN do the following:
a) WHEN RUN MODE ANO INTEGRATION       a) I.E. current date/time NOT to be TIME SELECTION screen appears,          used, THEN do the following:
: 1) Touch START DATE OF INTEGRATION and then use the touch screen NUM pad to enter date in the format: MO/DY/YR HR:MN. (MIDAS will provide"/" marks between the pairs of digits for month, day and year. and a colon between the pairs of digits for hours and minutes.)
THEN verify current date/time to be used                              1) Touch START DATE OF INTEGRATION and then use the touch screen NUM pad to enter date in the format:
MO/DY/YR HR:MN. (MIDAS will provide"/" marks between the pairs of digits for month, day and year. and a
* colon between the pairs of digits for hours and minutes.)
: 2) Touch EN when entry is complete.
: 2) Touch EN when entry is complete.
CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered before initiating a run. or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct. the CONFIRM box is selected to continue model processing.
b) Touch CONFIRM
The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
* CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered
* before initiating a run. or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct. the CONFIRM box is selected to continue model processing.       The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
* ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT. RESET)
* ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT. RESET)
* MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM.
* MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM. RESET)
RESET)
* RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)                       .-r
* RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM.
* RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
RESET)
* OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
* RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM.
* RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
RESET)
* WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
* OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM.
* MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM. EXIT)
RESET)
* Surry release points are assigned as follows:
* RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM.
* Release Point 1:   Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
RESET)
* Release Point 2:  Process Vent
* WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM.
* Release Point 3:  Main Steam Safety Valves and AFWPT
RESET)
: 1. 1.&#xa3;. the touch screen feature is activated. THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal. THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:
* MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM.
a)   Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.
EXIT)
b)   Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen.
* Surry release points are assigned as follows: * *
c)   Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.
* Release Point 1: Release Point 2: Release Point 3: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
Process Vent Main Steam Safety Valves and AFWPT 1. 1.&#xa3;. the touch screen feature is activated.
THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal.
THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:
a) Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.  
.-r b) Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen. c) Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.
NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.
NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.
: 2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired. THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
: 2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired. THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
: 3. 1.&#xa3;. a particular terminal malfunctions.
: 3. 1.&#xa3;. a particular terminal malfunctions. THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
: 4. 1.&#xa3;. a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.
: 4. 1.&#xa3;. a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.
 
*
NUMBER                             PROCEDURE TITLE                           REVISION EPIP-4.30                       USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL                         6 PAGE 12 of 21 STEP          ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                   RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE:   If rad data was bad or the source term data was equal to zer.o in a previous run. a new release option must be selected different from the one previously selected.
* NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.30 USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL 6 STEP PAGE 12 of 21 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE: If rad data was bad or the source term data was equal to zer.o in a previous run. a new release option must be selected different from the one previously selected. 8 SELECT RELEASE (SOURCE TERM) OPTION: a) Use RELEASE OPTION SELECTION screen b) Select one of the following release options: RELEASE OPTIONS Radiation monitor data is available for manual entry and/or predictive dose assessment is desired based on a potential release Radiation monitor data i s available from file Isotopic release rates are available for manual entry and/or predictive dose assessment is desired based on a potential release Isotopic concentrations and flow rates of each release path are known, and/or predictive dose assessment is desired based on a potential release Design Basis Assident Default (OBA) SELECTION AND TRANSITION STEPS 1) Touch MANUAL ENTRY OF EACH MONITOR READING 2) Touch CONFIRM 3) GO TO Step 9 1). Touch MONITOR DATA FROM V & F FILE 2) Touch CONFIRM 3) GO TO Step 11 1) Touch MANUAL ENTRY OF ISOTOPE RELEASE RATE 2) Touch CONFIRM 3) GO TO Step 10 1) Touch MANUAL ENTRY OF ISOTOPE CONCENTRATION
  ~~    8   SELECT RELEASE (SOURCE TERM)
: 2) Touch CONFIRM 3) GO TO Step 10 1) Touch DEFAULT OBA ACCIDENT 2) Touch CONFIRM 3) GO TO Step 11 CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered before initiating a run, or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct. the CONFIRM Qox i$ selected to continue model processing.
OPTION:
The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
a) Use RELEASE OPTION SELECTION screen b) Select one of the following release options:
* ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM.
RELEASE OPTIONS                           SELECTION AND TRANSITION STEPS Radiation monitor data is available       1)  Touch MANUAL ENTRY OF EACH
EXIT. RESET)
* for manual entry and/or predictive             MONITOR READING dose assessment is desired based on       2) Touch CONFIRM a potential release                        3) GO TO Step 9 1). Touch MONITOR DATA FROM Radiation monitor data i s available          V &F FILE from file                                  2) Touch CONFIRM
: 3) GO TO Step 11 Isotopic release rates are available      1) Touch MANUAL ENTRY OF for manual entry and/or predictive            ISOTOPE RELEASE RATE dose assessment is desired based on        2) Touch CONFIRM a potential release                        3) GO TO Step 10 Isotopic concentrations and flow          1) Touch MANUAL ENTRY OF rates of each release path are known,          ISOTOPE CONCENTRATION and/or predictive dose assessment is      2) Touch CONFIRM desired based on a potential release      3) GO TO Step 10
: 1) Touch DEFAULT OBA ACCIDENT Design Basis Assident Default (OBA)        2) Touch CONFIRM
: 3) GO TO Step 11
* CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered before initiating a run, or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct. the CONFIRM Qox i$
selected to continue model processing.       The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
* ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM. EXIT. RESET)
* MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
* MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET) * ~BA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM.
* RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
RESET)
            * ~BA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
* RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM.
* MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM. EXIT)
EXIT)
* Surry release points are assigned as follows:
* Surry release points are assigned as follows: * *
* Release Point 1:   Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "0.00E+OO" based on no containment release.)
* Release Point 1: Release Point 2: Release Point 3: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "0.00E+OO" based on no containment release.)
* Release Point 2:  Process Vent
Process Vent Main Steam Safety Valves and AFWPT 1. 1&#xa3; the touch screen feature is activated, THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal.
* Release Point 3:  Main Steam Safety Valves and AFWPT
THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:
: 1. 1&#xa3; the touch screen feature is activated, THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal. THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:
a) Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.
a)   Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.
b) Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen. c) Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.
b)   Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen.
c)   Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.
NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.
NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.
: 2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired. THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
: 2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired. THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
: 3. 1&#xa3; a particular terminal malfunctions, THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
: 3. 1&#xa3; a particular terminal malfunctions, THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
: 4. I.E. a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.
: 4. I.E. a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.
* *
* NUMBER                             PROCEDURE TITLE                             REVISION EPIP-4.30                       USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL                           6
* NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.30 USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL 6 PAGE 13 of 21 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
* STEP         ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                     RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED PAGE 13 of 21
    * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
* CAUTION:
* CAUTION:
* Double counting will occur if more than one monitor in each release pathway is entered.
* Double counting will occur if more than one monitor in each release pathway is entered.
* Default flow rates will automatically be used if flow rates are not entered and may result in overconservative dose projections . . * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
* Default flow rates will automatically be used if flow rates are not entered and may result in overconservative dose projections .
    .* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
* NOTE:
* NOTE:
* Monitor readings may be obtained from ERFCS Group Review screens if RMS data is not available to MIDAS. 9
* Monitor readings may be obtained from ERFCS Group Review screens if RMS data is not available to MIDAS.
* Monitor readings from RM-VG-123 (Vent Vent High Range) or RM-GW-122 (Process Vent High Range) may be obtained from Operations if Kaman monitors (RM-VG-131 or RM-GW-130) or Victoreen monitors CRM-VG-110 or RM-GW-102) are offscale or out of service .
* Monitor readings from RM-VG-123 (Vent Vent High Range) or RM-GW-122 (Process Vent High Range) may be obtained from Operations if Kaman monitors (RM-VG-131 or RM-GW-130) or Victoreen monitors CRM-VG-110 or RM-GW-102) are offscale or out of service .
* CHRRMS (Unit 1: RMS-127/128, Unit 2: RMS-227/228) readings may be used to select MIDAS LOCA accident type. HOURS CONTAINMENT HIGH RANGE RADIATION AFTER LOCA MONITOR READING CR/hr) 0 21. 3E+4 1 25.0E+3 2 23.7E+3 4 22.8E+3 MIDAS ACCIDENT LOCA TYPE SELECTION MELT ENTER MONITOR DATA MANUALLY:
*
a) WHEN the OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION screen appears, THEN select accident type specified by the RAD/RAC (STEP 9 CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) 24.5E+2 21.54 21. 8E+2 21.3 21..4E+2 21. 2 28.6E+l 21.0 LOCA LOCA GAP PC ---
* CHRRMS (Unit 1: RMS-127/128, Unit 2: RMS-227/228) readings may be used to select MIDAS LOCA accident type.
CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered before initiating a run. or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct, the CONFIRM pox i) selected to continue model processing.
HOURS AFTER LOCA CONTAINMENT HIGH RANGE RADIATION MONITOR READING CR/hr) 0             21. 3E+4     24.5E+2      21.54 1             25.0E+3       21. 8E+2    21.3
The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
                                                                              -
2             23.7E+3       21..4E+2    21. 2
                                                                              -
4             22.8E+3       28.6E+l      21.0
                                                                              -
MIDAS ACCIDENT       LOCA        LOCA        LOCA TYPE SELECTION       MELT         GAP          PC 9  ENTER MONITOR DATA MANUALLY:
a) WHEN the OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION screen appears, THEN select accident type specified by the RAD/RAC (STEP 9 CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE)
* CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered before initiating a run. or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct, the CONFIRM pox i) selected to continue model processing.       The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
            *
* ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT. RESET)
* ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT. RESET)
* MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
                                                                                *
* RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* DBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET) ** RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM.
* DBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
RESET)
            ** RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
* WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT)
* MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT)
* Surry release points are assigned as follows: * *
* Surry release points are assigned as follows:
* Release Point 1: Release Point 2: Release Point 3: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
* Release Point 1: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
Process Vent Main Steam Safety Valves and AFWPT 1. lE the touch screen feature is activated.
* Release Point 2:  Process Vent
THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal.
* Release Point 3:  Main Steam Safety Valves and AFWPT
THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:
: 1. lE the touch screen feature is activated. THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal. THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:
a) Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the ~rocedure.
a)   Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the ~rocedure.
b) Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen. c) Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.
b)   Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen.
c)   Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.
NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.
NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.
: 2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired. THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
: 2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired. THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
: 3. lE a particular terminal malfunctions.
: 3. lE a particular terminal malfunctions. THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
: 4. lE a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.
: 4. lE a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions. * * 
* NUMBER                             PROCEDURE TITLE                         REVISION EPIP-4.30                       USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL                         6
*
* PAGE 14 of 21 STEP         ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                   RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 9 ENTER MONITOR DATA MANUALLY: (Continued) b ) To uc h CON F!RM c) WHEN RADIATION MONITOR READINGS screen appears. THEN do the following: *
* NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.30 USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL 6 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE 9 ENTER MONITOR DATA MANUALLY: (Continued) b ) To u c h C ON F !RM c) WHEN RADIATION MONITOR READINGS screen appears. THEN do the following:
: 1) Touch the box for each monitor to be entered (one at a time)
* 1) Touch the box for each monitor to be entered (one at a time) 2) Enter radiation and flow values for each monitor using EN on the NUM pad (Enter monitor and flow rate values by making two entries on the NUM pad separated by a comma; e.g .. 1E6.25000 for cpm,flow rate) 3) WHEN entry for one monitor is complete.
: 2) Enter radiation and flow values for each monitor using EN on the NUM pad (Enter monitor and flow rate values by making two entries on the NUM pad separated by a comma; e.g .. 1E6.25000 for cpm,flow rate)
THEN repeat Step 9.c.1 through 9.c.2 unti 1 al 1 monitor data is entered d) WHEN al 1 entries have been made, THEN touch CONFIRM e) GO TO Step 12 PAGE 14 of 21 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED *.
: 3) WHEN entry for one monitor is complete. THEN repeat Step 9.c.1 through 9.c.2 unti 1 al 1 monitor data is entered d) WHEN al 1 entries have been made, THEN touch CONFIRM e) GO TO Step 12
CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered before initiating a run. or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct. the CONFIRM b.ox i~ selected to continue model processing.
*                                                                                        *.
The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
 
CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30                     . 1 MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered before initiating a run. or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct. the CONFIRM b.ox i~
selected to continue model processing.       The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
            *
* ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT. RESET)
* ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT. RESET)
* MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM.
                                                                                *
RESET)
* RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
* RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* DBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM.
* DBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
RESET)
* RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
* RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM.
* WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
RESET)
* WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM.
RESET)
* MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT)
* MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT)
* Surry release points are assigned as follows: * *
* Surry release points are assigned as follows:
* Release Point 1: Release Point 2: Release Point 3: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
* Release Point 1: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
Process Vent Main Steam Safety Valves and AFWPT 1. 1&#xa3; the touch screen feature is activated, THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal.
* Release Point 2:  Process Vent
THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:
* Release Point 3:  Main Steam Safety Valves and AFWPT
a) Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.
: 1. 1&#xa3; the touch screen feature is activated, THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal. THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:
b) Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen. cl Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.
a)   Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.
b)   Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen.
cl   Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.
NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.
NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.
: 2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired. THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
: 2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired. THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
: 3. l&#xa3;. a particular terminal malfunctions; THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
: 3. l&#xa3;. a particular terminal malfunctions; THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
: 4. l&#xa3;. a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions. . 1 * * 
: 4. l&#xa3;. a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.
*
* NUMBER                           PROCEDURE TITLE                           REVISION EPIP-4.30                     USE GF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL                             6 PAGE 15 of 21 STEP       ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                   RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
* NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.30 USE GF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL 6 PAGE 15 of 21 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED . ?" NOTE:
                                                                                  . ?"
NOTE:
* An input is required for each active release point.
* An input is required for each active release point.
* Zero is an acceptable input for radiation level or flow. 10 ENTER STATION INVENTORY OR SAMPLE DATA: a) Check if isotopic release RATE is to be used b) Select each isotope Enter release rates (for each selection) using the NUM pad c) Touch CONFIRM after all data has been correctly entered d) GO TO Step 12 a) 1&#xa3; isotopic CONCENTRATION is to be entered, THEN do the following:
* Zero is an acceptable input for radiation level or flow.
: 1) Select each isotope. 2) Enter concentration using the NUM pad. 3) Enter flow rate in bottom box of center column . 4) GO TO Step 10.c c) lf a data entry error was made, THEN re-enter the correct data using the NUM pad and touch CONFIRM when complete.
  ~~    10 ENTER STATION INVENTORY OR SAMPLE DATA:
CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered before initiating a run. or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct. the CONFIRM box is selected to continue model processing.
a) Check if isotopic release RATE       a) 1&#xa3; isotopic CONCENTRATION is to is to be used                            be entered, THEN do the following:
The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
: 1) Select each isotope.
* ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM.
: 2) Enter concentration using the NUM pad.
EXIT, RESET)
: 3) Enter flow rate in bottom
* MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM.
* box of center column .
RESET)
: 4) GO TO Step 10.c b) Select each isotope Enter release rates (for each selection) using the NUM pad c) Touch CONFIRM after all data          c) lf a data entry error was made, has been correctly entered              THEN re-enter the correct data using the NUM pad and touch CONFIRM when complete.
* RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM.
d) GO TO Step 12
RESET)
* CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered before initiating a run. or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct. the CONFIRM box is selected to continue model processing.       The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
          *
* ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM. EXIT, RESET)
MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM. RESET)
                                                                                *
* RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
* RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM.
* OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
RESET)
* RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM.
* WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
RESET)
* MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM. EXIT)
* MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM.
* Surry release points are assigned as follows:
EXIT)
* Release Point 1: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
* Surry release points are assigned as follows: * *
* Release Point 2:  Process Vent
* Release Point 1: Release Point 2: Release Point 3: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
* Release Point 3:  Main Steam Safety Valves and AFWPT
Process Vent Main Steam Safety Valves and AFWPT 1. lE. the touch screen feature is activated, THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal.
: 1. lE. the touch screen feature is activated, THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal. THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:
THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:
a)   Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.
a) Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.
b)   Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen.
b) Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen. c) Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positinned.
c)   Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positinned.
NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.
NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.
: 2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired, THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
: 2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired, THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
: 3. l&#xa3; a particular terminal malfunctions.
: 3. l&#xa3; a particular terminal malfunctions. THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
: 4. l&#xa3; a terminal lock-up occurs, THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.
: 4. l&#xa3; a terminal lock-up occurs, THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions. * *   
* NUMBER                            PROCEDURE TITLE                            REVISION EPIP-4.30                      USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL                            6 PAGE 16 of 21 STEP        ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                      RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE:
* The UNKNOWN MIX option may not appear on all OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION screens.
* CHRRMS (Unit 1: RMS-127/128, Unit 2: RMS-227/228) readings may be used to select MIDAS LOCA accident type.
HOURS          CONTAINMENT HIGH RANGE RADIATION AFHR LOCA              MONITOR READING (R/hr) 0            ~l. 3E+4      ~4.5E+2      ~1.54 1            ~5.0E+3      ~l.8E+2      ~1.3 2            ~3.7E+3      ~l. 4E+2    ~l. 2 4            ~2.8E+3      ~8.6E+l      ~1.0
* MIDAS ACCIDENT        LOCA        LOCA        LOCA TYPE SELECT,ION      MELT        GAP          PC 11 ENTER ACCIDENT TYPE:
a) Verify OBA ACCIDENT TYPE                a) lI accident type screen does SELECTION screen appears                  NOT appear, THEN GO TO Step 12.
b) Select accident type as specified by RAD/RAC:
* MSLB (Main Steam Line Break)
* SGTR (Steam Generator Tube Rupture)
* FUEL HANDLING
* WGTR (Waste Gas Decay Tank Rupture)
* LOCA - PC ( PRI COOL)
* LOCA - GAP
* LOCA - MELT
* LOCKED ROTOR c) Touch CONFIRM
*
*
* NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.30 USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL 6 PAGE 16 of 21 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE:
 
* The UNKNOWN MIX option may not appear on all OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION screens. 11
                                                                                      .! "' )
* CHRRMS (Unit 1: RMS-127/128, Unit 2: RMS-227/228) readings may be used to select MIDAS LOCA accident type. HOURS CONTAINMENT HIGH RANGE RADIATION AFHR LOCA MONITOR READING (R/hr) 0 ~l. 3E+4 ~4.5E+2 ~1.54 1 ~5.0E+3 ~l.8E+2 ~1.3 2 ~3.7E+3 ~l. 4E+2 ~l. 2 4 ~2.8E+3 ~8.6E+l ~1.0 MIDAS ACCIDENT LOCA LOCA LOCA TYPE SELECT,ION MELT GAP PC ENTER ACCIDENT TYPE: a) Verify OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION screen appears b) Select accident type as specified by RAD/RAC:
CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30
* MSLB (Main Steam Line
                                                                                            "
* SGTR (Steam Generator Rupture)
NOTE:*      MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered
* FUEL HANDLING
* before initiating a run. or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct. the CONFIRM box i~
* WGTR (Waste Gas Decay Rupture)
selected to continue model processing.       The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
* LOCA -PC ( PRI COOL)
* LOCA -GAP
* LOCA -MELT
* LOCKED ROTOR c) Touch CONFIRM Break) Tube Tank a) lI accident type screen does NOT appear, THEN GO TO Step 12.
NOTE:* CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered before initiating a run. or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct. the CONFIRM box i~ selected to continue model processing.
The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
* ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT. RESET)
* ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT. RESET)
* MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
* MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
Line 865: Line 1,375:
* RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM.
* RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
RESET)
* WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM.
* MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM. EXIT)
EXIT)
* Surry release points are assigned as follows:
* Surry release points are assigned as follows: * *
* Release Point 1:   Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "0.00E+OO" based on no containment release.)
* Release Point 1: Release Point 2: Release Point 3: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "0.00E+OO" based on no containment release.)
* Release Point 2:  Process Vent
Process Vent Main Steam Safety Valves and AFWPT 1. lI the touch screen feature is activated.
* Release Point 3:  Main Steam Safety Valves and AFWPT
THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal.
: 1. l I the touch screen feature is activated. THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal. THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:
THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:
a) b)
a) Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.
Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.
b) Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen. c) Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.
Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen.
* c)   Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.
NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image)_. which may improve the resolution of ma~s/isopleths.
NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image)_. which may improve the resolution of ma~s/isopleths.
: 2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired. THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
: 2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired. THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
: 3. lI a particular terminal malfunctions.
: 3. l I a particular terminal malfunctions. THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
: 4. l I a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.
: 4. lI a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions. .! "' ) " * *
* NUMBER                           PROCEDURE TITLE                            REVISION EPIP-4.30                     USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL                           6
* NUMBER EPIP-4.30
* PAGE 17 of 21 STEP        ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                   RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 12  ENTER RELEASE TIMING SELECTION:
* STEP 12 *
a) Verify NO "abnormal run"             a) lE. recovering from an "abnormal occurred                                 run", THEN GO TO Step 13.e.
* PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL 6 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE ENTER RELEASE TIMING SELECTION:
b) Check if trip occurred GREATER       b) IF time of trip is unknown or THAN 15 minutes ago                     within the past 15 minutes.
a) Verify NO "abnormal run" occurred b) Check if trip occurred GREATER THAN 15 minutes ago c) Touch TRIP DATE box on the RELEASE TIMING SELECTION screen and enter date and time of trip using the NUM pad d) Check if ti me of start of release since trip is known e) Touch RELEASE START MINS SINCE TRIP box f) Enter number of minutes using the NUM pad g) Check if 120 minute release duration is to be used h) Touch DURATION box and enter 120 minutes using the NUM pad i ) Touch CON F IRM j) Verify run is proceeding into calculation mode and data result screen appears k) RETURN TO Step 4 PAGE 17 of 21 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED a) lE. recovering from an "abnormal run", THEN GO TO Step 13.e. b) IF time of trip is unknown or within the past 15 minutes. THEN GO TO Step 12.d. d) GO TO Step 12.g. g) IF release duration is known, THEN do the following:
THEN GO TO Step 12.d.
: 1) Touch DURATION box. 2) Enter number of minutes using the NUM pad. 3) GO TO Step 12. i. j) lE. meteorological data is not available and the manual entry screen appears. THEN RETURN TO Step 3. 1&#xa3;. error warning messages appear. THEN touch EX IT and RETURN TO Step 2.j.
c) Touch TRIP DATE box on the RELEASE TIMING SELECTION screen and enter date and time of trip using the NUM pad d) Check if ti me of start of           d) GO TO Step 12.g.
CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered before initiating a run. or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct.*
release since trip is known e) Touch RELEASE START MINS SINCE TRIP box f) Enter number of minutes using the NUM pad
the CONFIRM Qox is selected to continue model processing.
* g) Check if 120 minute release duration is to be used g) IF release duration is known, THEN do the following:
The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
: 1) Touch DURATION box.
* ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM.
: 2) Enter number of minutes using the NUM pad.
EXIT. RESET)
: 3) GO TO Step 12. i.
* MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM.
h) Touch DURATION box and enter 120 minutes using the NUM pad i ) Touch CON FIRM j) Verify run is proceeding into        j) lE. meteorological data is not calculation mode and data                available and the manual entry result screen appears                    screen appears. THEN RETURN TO Step 3.
RESET)
1&#xa3;. error warning messages appear. THEN touch EX IT and RETURN TO Step 2.j.
* RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM.
k) RETURN TO Step 4
RESET)
* J*
* RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM.
CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered
RESET)
* before initiating a run. or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct.* the CONFIRM Qox is selected to continue model processing.       The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
* OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM.
* ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM. EXIT. RESET)
RESET)
* MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM. RESET)
* RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM.
* RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
RESET)
* RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
* WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM.
* OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
RESET)
* RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
* MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM.
* WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
EXIT)
* MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM. EXIT)
* Surry release points are assigned as follows: * *
* Surry release points are assigned as follows:
* Release Point 1: Release Point 2: Release Point 3: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
* Release Point 1: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
Process Vent Main Steam Safety Valves and AFWPT 1. l&#xa3;. the touch screen feature is ~ctivated.
* Release Point 2:  Process Vent
THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal.
* Release Point 3:  Main Steam Safety Valves and AFWPT
THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:
: 1. l&#xa3;. the touch screen feature is ~ctivated. THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal. THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:
a) Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.
a) b)
b) Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen. c) Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.
Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.
Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen.
* c)   Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.
NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.
NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.
: 2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired. THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
: 2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired. THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
: 3. l&#xa3;. a particular terminal malfunctions.
: 3. l&#xa3;. a particular terminal malfunctions. THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals ..
THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals  
: 4. l&#xa3;. a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.
.. 4. l&#xa3;. a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions. J * * * * 
                                                                                *
... NUMBER EPIP-4.30 STEP 13
 
* PROCEDURE TITLE REV'I S ION USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL 6 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESTART PROCEDURE FOR ABNORMAL RUN: a) Touch REAL TIME ALL SCREENS DOSE PROJECTIONS box on ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION screen b) Touch CON F !RM c) WHEN the next screen requesting run type and time selection*
...
information appears. THEN touch CONFIRM without making any changes d) Refer to Step 8 to select a new release option e) Wait for RELEASE TIMING SELECTION screen to appear f) Touch CONFIRM without making any changes g) Verify that the run proceeds into the cilculation mode h) RETURN TO Step 4 PAGE 18 of 21 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED g) IE. meteorological data NOT available and the manual entry WEATHER SELECTION screen appears. THEN RETURN TO Step 3.
NUMBER                           PROCEDURE TITLE                            REV'I SION EPIP-4.30                     USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL                           6 PAGE 18 of 21 STEP        ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                   RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 13  RESTART PROCEDURE FOR ABNORMAL RUN:
NOTE:
a) Touch REAL TIME ALL SCREENS DOSE PROJECTIONS box on ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION screen b) Touch CON F!RM c) WHEN the next screen requesting run type and time selection*
* CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered before initiating a run, or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct. the CONFIRM oox is selected to continue model processing.
information appears. THEN touch CONFIRM without making any changes d) Refer to Step 8 to select a new release option e) Wait for RELEASE TIMING SELECTION screen to appear f) Touch CONFIRM without making any changes g) Verify that the run proceeds         g) IE. meteorological data NOT into the cilculation mode                available and the manual entry WEATHER SELECTION screen appears. THEN RETURN TO Step 3.
The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
h) RETURN TO Step 4
* CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30                     .r 1 NOTE:
* MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered
* before initiating a run, or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct. the CONFIRM oox is selected to continue model processing.       The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
* ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT, RESET)
* ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT, RESET)
* MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
* MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM.
* RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
RESET)
* OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
* OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM.
RESET)
* RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM.
* MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM. EXIT)
EXIT)
* Surry release points are assigned as follows:
* Surry release points are assigned as follows: * *
* Release Point 1:   Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
* Release Point 1: Release Point 2: Release Point 3: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
* Release Point 2:  Process Vent
Process Vent Main Steam Safety Valves and AFWPT 1. lE the touch screen feature is activated.
* Release Point 3:  Main Steam Safety Valves and AFWPT
THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal.
: 1. lE the touch screen feature is activated. THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal. THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:
THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:
a)   Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.
a) Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.
b)     Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen.
b) Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen. c) Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.
c)     Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.
NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image), which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.
NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image), which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.
: 2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired, THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
: 2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired, THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
: 3. lE a particular terminal malfunctions.
: 3. lE a particular terminal malfunctions. THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
: 4. l&#xa3;. a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.
: 4. l&#xa3;. a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions. .r 1 * 
* NUMBER                           PROCEDURE TITLE*                           REVISION EPIP-4.30                     USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL                           6 PAGE 19 of 21 STEP        ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                   RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE:
*
* Displays may be graphic or tabular, depending on what was selected in the MORE REPORTS menu. Map features allow the user to put on or take off map overlays using function keys.
* NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE* REVISION EPIP-4.30 USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL 6 STEP PAGE 19 of 21 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE:
* Displays may be graphic or tabular, depending on what was selected in the MORE REPORTS menu. Map features allow the user to put on or take off map overlays using function keys. 14
* Instructions at the bottom of all graphic and tabular plume menus provide directions on how to move within them.
* Instructions at the bottom of all graphic and tabular plume menus provide directions on how to move within them.
* Graphic displays of plumes should not be used to determine emergency classifications.
* Graphic displays of plumes should not be used to determine emergency classifications. Instead, use the printed Special Report information.
Instead, use the printed Special Report information.
* Point of Interest allows the user to select specific points to determine X/0, dose or dose rate values through the location of the terminal cursor. The cursor is moved using the "joy disk" to any location and then th~ space bar is toggled to display values.
* Point of Interest allows the user to select specific points to determine X/0, dose or dose rate values through the location of the terminal cursor. The cursor is moved using the "joy disk" to any location and then th~ space bar is toggled to display values. EVALUATE DISPLAYS:
14  EVALUATE DISPLAYS:
a) b) Set map scale: 1) Do one of the following:
* a) Set map scale:
* Use default distance (miles) QR
: 1) Do one of the following:
* Touch MAP SCALE box and enter miles of interest using NUM pad 2) Touch CONFIRM Check use of MAP FEATURtS -DESIRED: 1) Touch MAP FEATURES 2) Select (highlight) desired options on screen menu 3) Touch CONFIRM (STEP 14 CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE) b) II use of map features is NOT desired. THEN GO TO Step 14. c.
* Use default distance (miles)
* NOTE:
QR
* CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered before initiating a run. or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct. the CONFIRM .box i.s selected to continue model processing.
* Touch MAP SCALE box and enter miles of interest using NUM pad
The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
: 2) Touch CONFIRM b) Check use of MAP FEATURtS -           b) II  use of map features is NOT DESIRED:                                desired. THEN GO TO Step 14. c.
: 1) Touch MAP FEATURES
: 2) Select (highlight) desired options on screen menu
: 3) Touch CONFIRM (STEP 14 CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE)
* CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 NOTE:
* MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered before initiating a run. or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct. the CONFIRM .box i.s selected to continue model processing.       The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
* ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT. RESET)
* ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT. RESET)
* MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
* MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM.
* RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
RESET)
* RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM.
* RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
RESET)
* WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT)
* MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT)
* Surry release points are assigned as follows: * *
* Surry release points are assigned as follows:
* Release Point 1: Release Point 2: Release Point 3: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for,Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
* Release Point 1:   Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for,Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
Process Vent Main Steam Safety Valves and AFWPT 1. 1&#xa3; the touch screen feature is activated, THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal, THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:
* Release Point 2:  Process Vent
a) Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.
* Release Point 3:  Main Steam Safety Valves and AFWPT
b) Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen. c) Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.
: 1. 1&#xa3; the touch screen feature is activated, THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal, THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:
a) b)
Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.
Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen.
* c)     Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.
NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.
NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.
: 2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired, THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
: 2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired, THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
: 3. 1&#xa3; a particular terminal malfunctions.
: 3. 1&#xa3; a particular terminal malfunctions. THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
: 4. l.E. a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.
: 4. l.E. a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.
 
*, ..
.
* NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.30 USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL 6 STEP 14 ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE EVALUATE DISPLAYS: (Continued) c) d) Check enlargement of selected area of display -DESIRED: 1) Touch SELECT AREA 2) Touch screen at two points bounding the desired area 3) Touch RESTORE when use of this function is complete Check use of POINT OF INTEREST feature -DES IRED: 1) Touch POINT OF INTEREST, move cursor to desired location using "joy disk", and toggle the space bar (Place mouse cross-hairs at desired point and click) 2) WHEN POINT OF INTEREST function complete, THEN move cursor to bottom right-hand corner of the plot and press the space bar (Place mouse cross-hairs at bottom right corner of plot and click) e) Touch CONTINUE f5 Touch MORE REPORTS g) RETURN TO Step 4.h 15 CHECK IF MIDAS OPERATIONS CAN BE TERM I NA TED:
*,
* Event -TERMINATED
NUMBER                             PROCEDURE TITLE                           REVISION EPIP-4.30                       USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL                         6 PAGE 20 of 21 STEP       ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE                     RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 14  EVALUATE DISPLAYS: (Continued) c) Check enlargement of selected           c) IF use of SELECT AREA feature area of display - DESIRED:                is NOT desired, THEN GO TO Step 14.d.
* RAD/RAC directs termination of MIDAS opera ti on PAGE 20 of 21 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED c) IF use of SELECT AREA feature is NOT desired, THEN GO TO Step 14.d. d) 1&#xa3; POINT OF INTEREST feature is NOT desired, THEN GO TO Step 14.e. RETURN TO Step 5. *
: 1) Touch SELECT AREA
* CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 MIDAS screens have selection boxes* that may include RESET, CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered before initiating a run, or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct. the CONFIRM box is selected to continue model processing.
: 2) Touch screen at two points bounding the desired area
The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
: 3) Touch RESTORE when use of this function is complete d) Check use of POINT OF INTEREST          d) 1&#xa3; POINT OF INTEREST feature is feature - DES IRED:                        NOT desired, THEN GO TO Step 14.e.
: 1) Touch POINT OF INTEREST, move cursor to desired location using "joy disk",
* and toggle the space bar (Place mouse cross-hairs at desired point and click)
: 2) WHEN POINT OF INTEREST function complete, THEN move cursor to bottom right-hand corner of the plot and press the space bar (Place mouse cross-hairs at bottom right corner of plot and click) e) Touch CONTINUE f5 Touch MORE REPORTS g) RETURN TO Step 4.h
    ~~    15 CHECK IF MIDAS OPERATIONS CAN BE           RETURN TO Step 5.
TERM I NA TED:
* Event - TERMINATED
* RAD/RAC directs termination of MIDAS opera ti on
* CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 MIDAS screens have selection boxes* that may include RESET, CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered
* before initiating a run, or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct. the CONFIRM box is selected to continue model processing.       The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
* ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT, RESET)
* ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT, RESET)
* MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
* MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM.
* RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
RESET)
* OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT)
* MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT)
* Surry release points are assigned as follows: * *
* Surry release points are assigned as follows:
* Release Point 1: Release Point 2: Release Point 3: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "0.00E+OO" based on no containment release.)
* Release Point 1:   Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "0.00E+OO" based on no containment release.)
Process Vent Main Steam Safety Valves and AFWPT 1. lE. the touch screen feature is activated, THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal, THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:
* Release Point 2:  Process Vent
a) Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.
* Release Point 3:  Main Steam Safety Valves and AFWPT
b) Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen. c) Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.
: 1. lE. the touch screen feature is activated, THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal, THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:
a) b)
Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.
Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen.
* c)   Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.
NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image), which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.
NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image), which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.
: 2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired, THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
: 2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired, THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
: 3. lE. a particular termin-al malfunctions, THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
: 3. lE. a particular termin-al malfunctions, THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
: 4. lE. a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions. * *
: 4. lE. a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.
~* l ) > * * * ---------~ -I NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.30 USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL 6 STEP ACTtON/EXPECTED RESPONSE 16 DISENGAGE SYSTEM: a) Touch EXIT twice on the ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION screen b) Press "CTRL" and "Z" keys simultaneously c) WHEN "Local>" appears, THEN type LO d) Press RETURN e) Ensure "LOGGED OFF" message appears on screen f) Press START/STOP button (the top button near the lower right front of terminal) g) Ensure START/STOP button -DISENGAGED 17 TERMINATE EPIP-4.30:
*
                                                                                      *
 
                                                                                                - I
  ~* l
    >
)
NUMBER                           PROCEDURE TITLE                         REVISION EPIP-4.30                     USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL                         6
*
* PAGE 21 of 21 STEP         ACTtON/EXPECTED RESPONSE                 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
        ~~    16 DISENGAGE SYSTEM:
a) Touch EXIT twice on the ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION screen b) Press "CTRL" and "Z" keys simultaneously c) WHEN "Local>" appears, THEN type LO d) Press RETURN e) Ensure "LOGGED OFF" message appears on screen f) Press START/STOP button (the
* top button near the lower right front of terminal) g) Ensure START/STOP button -
DISENGAGED
        ~~    17 TERMINATE EPIP-4.30:
* Give completed EPIP-4.30, forms and other applicable records to the Radiological Assessment Director/Coordinator
* Give completed EPIP-4.30, forms and other applicable records to the Radiological Assessment Director/Coordinator
* By: Date: Time: -END-PAGE 21 of 21 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED * 
* By:
.. NOTE:
Date:
* CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 MIDAS screens have* selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered before initiating a run. or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct. the CONFIRM bcx i~ selected to continue model processing.
Time:
The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
                                                  -END-
* CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 NOTE:
* MIDAS screens have* selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered     ..
before initiating a run. or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct. the CONFIRM bcx i~
selected to continue model processing.       The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
* ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT. RESET)
* ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT. RESET)
* MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
* MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
Line 1,018: Line 1,566:
* WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
* MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT)
* MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT)
* Surry release points are assigned as follows: * *
* Surry release points are assigned as follows:
* Release Point 1: Release Point 2: Release Point 3: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
* Release Point 1:   Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
Process Vent Main Steam Safety Valves and AFWPT 1. 1&#xa3; the touch screen feature is activated.
* Release Point 2:  Process Vent
THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal.
* Release Point 3:  Main Steam Safety Valves and AFWPT
THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:
: 1. 1&#xa3; the touch screen feature is activated. THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal. THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:
a) Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.
a) b)
b) Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen. c) Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.
Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.
Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen.
* c)     Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.
NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.
NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.
: 2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired. THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
: 2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired. THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
: 3. 1&#xa3; a particular terminal malfunctions.
: 3. 1&#xa3; a particular terminal malfunctions. THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
: 4. 1&#xa3; a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.
: 4. 1&#xa3; a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions. .. *
.
* r
                                                                                      *
* I * **
* NUMBER                             ATTACHMENT TITLE                       REVISION I
* NUMBER ATTACHMENT TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.30 6 ATTACHMENT RESPONSE TO TERMINAL LOCK-UP PAGE 1 1 of 1 Perform the following actions. in sequence.
EPIP-4.30                                                                     6
to recover from terminal or sy'stem lock-up. The user may return to the procedure upon recovery (i.e. it is not necessary to complete the entire sequence if operation is restored).
* ATTACHMENT                   RESPONSE TO TERMINAL LOCK-UP                   PAGE 1                                                                     1 of 1 Perform the following actions. in sequence. to recover from terminal or sy'stem lock-up. The user may return to the procedure upon recovery (i.e. it is not necessary to complete the entire sequence if operation is restored).
: 1. Enter the letter "E" AND press RETURN. l&#xa3;. system accepts commands, THEN RETURN TO procedure.
: 1. Enter the letter "E" AND press RETURN.
: 2. Enter "CTRL Y". l&#xa3;. system accepts commands, THEN RETURN TO procedure.
l&#xa3;. system accepts commands, THEN RETURN TO procedure.
: 2. Enter "CTRL Y".
l&#xa3;. system accepts commands, THEN RETURN TO procedure.
: 3. Press "RESET" on terminal.
: 3. Press "RESET" on terminal.
l&#xa3;. system accepts commands.
l&#xa3;. system accepts commands. THEN RETURN TO procedure.
THEN RETURN TO procedure.
: 4. Enter "CTRL Y".
: 4. Enter "CTRL Y". l&#xa3;. system accepts commands.
l&#xa3;. system accepts commands. THEN RETURN TO procedure.
THEN RETURN TO procedure.
: 5. Turn terminal power OFF and back ON again.
: 5. Turn terminal power OFF and back ON again. l&#xa3;. system accepts commands, THEN RETURN TO procedure.
l&#xa3;. system accepts commands, THEN RETURN TO procedure.
: 6. Enter "CTRL Y" . l&#xa3;. system accepts commands, THEN RETURN TO procedure.
  **
NOTE: The HP and CEOF terminals are normally connected to Server "A". TSC and LEOF terminals are normally connected to Server "B". 7. Reset the MIDAS terminal servers as follows: a) Have all users exit MIDAS. b) Have the power cord for the affected terminal unplugged from the MIDAS terminal server (located in TSC Computer Room MIDAS Cabinet).
: 6. Enter "CTRL Y" .
c) Plug the power cord back in to the MIDAS terminal server. d) Wait for approximately 2 minutes while the server loads files from MIDAS and restarts operation.
l&#xa3;. system accepts commands, THEN RETURN TO procedure.
MIDAS will be out of service on at least two terminals during this time. e) l&#xa3;. system accepts commands.
NOTE: The HP and CEOF terminals are normally connected to Server "A".
THEN RETURN TO procedure.
TSC and LEOF terminals are normally connected to Server "B".
: 8. Connect to backup (alternate)
: 7. Reset the MIDAS terminal servers as follows:
MIDAS system: a) Reset terminal by turning terminal power OFF and then back ON again. b) Press CTRL K keys. c) WHEN the "Local>" prompt appears, THEN type "C NMIDAS". Make sure to put a space between "C" and "NMIDAS".
a) Have all users exit MIDAS.
d) Return to procedure Step 2.a)l and continue procedure using manually entered monitor and meteorological data. 9. Notify the MIDAS System Manager or Code Authority and the RAD or RAC . *
b) Have the power cord for the affected terminal unplugged from the MIDAS terminal server (located in TSC Computer Room MIDAS Cabinet).
' * *
c) Plug the power cord back in to the MIDAS terminal server.
* NUMBER ATTACHMENT TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.30 DESIGN BASIS ACCIDENT TECHNICAL OVERVIEW 6 ATTACHMENT I PAGE 2 1 of 3 1. MAIN STEAM LINE BREAK:
d) Wait for approximately 2 minutes while the server loads files from MIDAS and restarts operation. MIDAS will be out of service on at least two terminals during this time.
* Release duration:
e) l&#xa3;. system accepts commands. THEN RETURN TO procedure.
1 hour. with all activity released in first 1/2 hour.
: 8. Connect to backup (alternate) MIDAS system:
a) Reset terminal by turning terminal power OFF and then back ON again.
b) Press CTRL K keys.
c) WHEN the "Local>" prompt appears, THEN type "C NMIDAS". Make sure to put a space between "C" and "NMIDAS".
d) Return to procedure Step 2.a)l and continue procedure using manually entered monitor and meteorological data.
: 9. Notify the MIDAS System Manager or Code Authority and the RAD or RAC .
  *                                                                                      *
 
'
NUMBER                             ATTACHMENT TITLE                       REVISION EPIP-4.30             DESIGN BASIS ACCIDENT TECHNICAL OVERVIEW                 6
* ATTACHMENT                                                               I   PAGE 2                                                                     1 of 3
: 1. MAIN STEAM LINE BREAK:
* Release duration: 1 hour. with all activity released in first 1/2 hour.
* Release from faulted line: 2.15E+5 lb-mass/hr.
* Release from faulted line: 2.15E+5 lb-mass/hr.
* Release from unaffected steam lines: 0 -2 hours= 38.924 lb-mass/hr per line: 2 -8 hours= 41.296 lb-mass/hr per line.
* Release from unaffected steam lines: 0 - 2 hours= 38.924 lb-mass/hr per line: 2 - 8 hours= 41.296 lb-mass/hr per line.
* Primary and secondary side activity:
* Primary and secondary side activity: Technical Specification limits at onset of event.
Technical Specification limits at onset of event.
* Primary to secondary leak rate: Technical Specification limit, 500 gpd in affected generator. and 1440 gpd (1 gpm) total for all 3 steam generators.
* Primary to secondary leak rate: Technical Specification limit, 500 gpd in affected generator.
and 1440 gpd (1 gpm) total for all 3 steam generators.
* Iodine partition factors: Faulted S/G = 1: Intact S/Gs = 0.10.
* Iodine partition factors: Faulted S/G = 1: Intact S/Gs = 0.10.
* Condenser is assumed unavailable and the following release points apply: Broken steam line, intact steam line relief valves, and AFWPT.
* Condenser is assumed unavailable and the following release points apply:
Broken steam line, intact steam line relief valves, and AFWPT.
* Activity released from broken steam line is distributed among the other 3 remaining release paths: 2 intact reliefs and AFWPT.
* Activity released from broken steam line is distributed among the other 3 remaining release paths: 2 intact reliefs and AFWPT.
* Concurrent Iodine spike is 4 hours in duration.
* Concurrent Iodine spike is 4 hours in duration.
* 10% of total activity is released via AFWPT. Steam flow to AFWPT: 40.5* lbs/hr per horsepower.
* 10% of total activity is released via AFWPT. Steam flow to AFWPT: 40.5*
Rated power= 710 horsepower.
lbs/hr per horsepower. Rated power= 710 horsepower. AFWPT total steam flow= 28.755 lbs/hr.
AFWPT total steam flow= 28.755 lbs/hr. 2. STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE:
: 2. STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE:
* Release duration:
* Release duration: 1 hour.
1 hour.
* Tubes in the affected steam generator are uncovered at 5 minutes from event initiation, and remain uncovered for 10 minutes.
* Tubes in the affected steam generator are uncovered at 5 minutes from event initiation, and remain uncovered for 10 minutes.
* Iodine Partition Factor: 1.0 in affected steam generator:
* Iodine Partition Factor: 1.0 in affected steam generator: 0.01 in
0.01 in unaffected generators.
* unaffected generators.
* The affected steam generator is assumed isolated within 30 minutes.
* The affected steam generator is assumed isolated within 30 minutes.
* Primary and secondary side activity:
* Primary and secondary side activity: Technical Specification limits at onset of event.                                 .
Technical Specification limits at onset of event. .
* Primary to secondary leak rate: Technical Specific~tion limit, 500 gpd in affected generator, and 1440 gpd (1 gpm) total for all 3 steam generators.
* Primary to secondary leak rate: Technical Specific~tion limit, 500 gpd in affected generator, and 1440 gpd (1 gpm) total for all 3 steam generators.
* Primary coolant release to affected steam generator:
* Primary coolant release to affected steam generator: 108.381 lbs (0 - 30 minutes).
108.381 lbs (0 -30 minutes).
* Steam release from affected steam generator: 107,395 lbs from O - 30 minutes. or 2.15E+5 lb-mass/hr.
* Steam release from affected steam generator:
o   Steam release from intact steam generators: 0 - 2 hours= 38,924 lb-mass/hr per generator: 2 - 8 hours= 41.296 lb-mass/hr per generator.
107,395 lbs from O -30 minutes. or 2.15E+5 lb-mass/hr.
* Condenser is assumed unavailable and the following release points apply:
o Steam release from intact steam generators:
faulted generator relief valves. intact steam line relief valves, AFWPT.
0 -2 hours= 38,924 lb-mass/hr per generator:
If condenser is available, release points are as follows: steam line relief valves (3), AFWPT, Vent Vent 1. and Air Ejector. The Unit 1 Air Ejector vents through Vent Vent 1. The Unit 2 Air Ejector vents via an independent stack.
2 -8 hours= 41.296 lb-mass/hr per generator.
* Condenser is assumed unavailable and the following release points apply: faulted generator relief valves. intact steam line relief valves, AFWPT. If condenser is available, release points are as follows: steam line relief valves (3), AFWPT, Vent Vent 1. and Air Ejector. The Unit 1 Air Ejector vents through Vent Vent 1. The Unit 2 Air Ejector vents via an independent stack.
* All activity released is distributed among the 3 main steam reliefs and AFWPT.
* All activity released is distributed among the 3 main steam reliefs and AFWPT.
* Concurrent Iodine spike is 4 hours in duration.
* Concurrent Iodine spike is 4 hours in duration.
* 10% of total activity is released via AFWPT. Steam flow to AFWPT: 40.5 lbs/hr per horsepower.
* 10% of total activity is released via AFWPT. Steam flow to AFWPT: 40.5 lbs/hr per horsepower. Rated power = 710 horsepower. AFWPT total steam flow= 28,755 lbs/hr .
Rated power = 710 horsepower.
  *                                                                                      '
AFWPT total steam flow= 28,755 lbs/hr . '
 
r * * 'NUMBER ATTACHMENT TITLE REVIS ION EPIP-4.30 DESIGN "BASIS ACCIDENT TECHNICAL OVERVIEW 6 ATTACHMENT PAGE 2 2 of 3 3. FUEL HANDLING ACCIDENT (in Fuel Building):
r
      'NUMBER                             ATTACHMENT TITLE                       REVIS ION EPIP-4.30             DESIGN "BASIS ACCIDENT TECHNICAL OVERVIEW                 6
* ATTACHMENT                                                                     PAGE 2                                                                     2 of 3
: 3. FUEL HANDLING ACCIDENT (in Fuel Building):
* Release duration assumed for 1 hour.
* Release duration assumed for 1 hour.
* Fuel Pool effective Iodine partition factor of 100.
* Fuel Pool effective Iodine partition factor of 100.
* Release is through tbe charcoal filtration system. The filters through which the fuel building is exhausted are assumed to be 95% efficient for all species of Iodine.
* Release is through tbe charcoal filtration system. The filters through which the fuel building is exhausted are assumed to be 95% efficient for all species of Iodine.
* Fuel is not moved until 150 hours post shutdown(=
* Fuel is not moved until 150 hours post shutdown(= decay time).
decay time). 4. WASTE GAS DECAY TANK RUPTURE:
: 4. WASTE GAS DECAY TANK RUPTURE:
* Release duration assumed for 15 minutes.
* Release duration assumed for 15 minutes.
* Entire contents of tank released at 100% Technical Spe~ification limit (25.000 Ci D.E. Xe-133).
* Entire contents of tank released at 100% Technical Spe~ification limit (25.000 Ci D.E. Xe-133).
* 1/2 of release occurs via Process Vent.
* 1/2 of release occurs via Process Vent.
* 1/2 of release occurs via Vent Vent. 5. LOSS OF COOLANT ACCIDENT -MELT:
* 1/2 of release occurs via Vent Vent.
* Release duration:
: 5. LOSS OF COOLANT ACCIDENT - MELT:
2 hours.
* Release duration: 2 hours.
* Release paths: Containment (Containment leakage) and Vent Vent 2 (ECCS leakage).
* Release paths: Containment (Containment leakage) and Vent Vent 2 (ECCS leakage).
* Containment airborne source term: 100% core Noble Gases. 25% core Iodines. *
* Containment airborne source term: 100% core Noble Gases. 25% core Iodines.                     *
* Spray removal: 10 hr-1 for elemental Iodine.
* Spray removal: 10 hr-1 for elemental Iodine.
* Containment leak rate: 0.1% per day, 0 to 1 hour (1.3 cfm).
* Containment leak rate: 0.1% per day, 0 to 1 hour (1.3 cfm).
* ECCS leakage: 0 gpm. 0 to 5 min.; 964 cc/hour 5 min. to 20 min.; 4800 cc/h~ 20 min to 30 days.
  *
* ECCS leakage: 0 gpm. 0 to 5 min.; 964 cc/hour 5 min. to 20 min.;
4800 cc/h~ 20 min to 30 days.
* Iodine released in building atmosphere from ECCS leakage: 10%.
* Iodine released in building atmosphere from ECCS leakage: 10%.
* Filter efficiency for safeguards exhaust: 90% elemental Iodine. 6. LOSS OF COOLANT ACCIDENT -PC:
* Filter efficiency for safeguards exhaust: 90% elemental Iodine.
: 6. LOSS OF COOLANT ACCIDENT - PC:
* RCS concentration assumed at Technical Specification limits.
* RCS concentration assumed at Technical Specification limits.
* Safeguards filter efficiency:
* Safeguards filter efficiency: 90% Elemental Iodine.
90% Elemental Iodine.
* Release duration: 2 hours.
* Release duration:
: 7. LOSS OF COOLANT ACCIDENT - GAP:
2 hours. 7. LOSS OF COOLANT ACCIDENT -GAP: 8.
* 3% core Noble Gases and 2% core Iodines assumed in gap.
* 3% core Noble Gases and 2% core Iodines assumed in gap.
* Safeguards filter efficiency:
* Safeguards filter efficiency: 90% Elemental Iodine.
90% Elemental Iodine.
* Release duration: 2 hours.
* Release duration:
: 8. LOCKED ROTOR:
2 hours. LOCKED ROTOR:
* Fuel cladding failure is assumed at 5%.
* Fuel cladding failure is assumed at 5%.
* Total release duration:
* Total release duration: 8 hours.
8 hours.
* Iodine Partition Factor of 100 is assumed for the condenser.
* Iodine Partition Factor of 100 is assumed for the
* Steam flow to AFWPT = 40.5 lbs/hr per horsepower. Rated power      710 horsepower. AFWPT steam flow= 28.755 lbs/hr.
* Steam flow to AFWPT = 40.5 lbs/hr per horsepower.
* Release duration: 2 hours.
horsepower.
                                                                                          '
AFWPT steam flow= 28.755 lbs/hr.
 
* Release duration:
1
2 hours. condenser.
  , .,
Rated power 710 '
    -,
-, ' , ., 1 ' -* . . Nt!MBER ATTACHMENT TIT~E REVISION -EPIP-4.30 DESIGN BASIS ACCIDENT TECHNICAL OVERVIEW 6 ATTACHMENT PAGE 2 3 of 3 9. MISCELLANEOUS GENERAL ASSUMPTIONS:
        . Nt!MBER                                           ATTACHMENT TIT~E                       REVISION
* Vent Vent: Auxiliary Building, Air Ejector(s).
                                                                                    -
Safeguards (filtered).
  '  -     EPIP-4.30                     DESIGN BASIS ACCIDENT TECHNICAL OVERVIEW                         6
Fuel Building (filtered).
* ATTACHMENT                                                                                   PAGE
Containment Purge (filtered).
          .      2                                                                                     3 of 3
Waste Gas Decay Tank area.
: 9. MISCELLANEOUS GENERAL ASSUMPTIONS:
* Vent Vent: Auxiliary Building, Air Ejector(s). Safeguards (filtered).
Fuel Building (filtered). Containment Purge (filtered). Waste Gas Decay Tank area.
* Process Vent: Waste Gas Decay Tanks, Containment Vacuum.
* Process Vent: Waste Gas Decay Tanks, Containment Vacuum.
* Containment leakage: MIDAS uses the higher of the two CHRRMS monitors to calculate the release.
* Containment leakage: MIDAS uses the higher of the two CHRRMS monitors to calculate the release.
* Air Ejector Monitors:
* Air Ejector Monitors: MIDAS adds the Air Ejector release to the associated vent vent release. *
MIDAS adds the Air Ejector release to the associated vent vent release. *
* Main Steam and AFWPT: MIDAS adds the flows from each "open" and "status unknown" valve to calculate the total flow for a particular steam line.
* Main Steam and AFWPT: MIDAS adds the flows from each "open" and "status unknown" valve to calculate the total flow for a particular steam line. MIDAS sums the releases from all three steam lines and AFWPT to calculate the total release.
MIDAS sums the releases from all three steam lines and AFWPT to calculate the total release.
* For Vent Vents and Process Vents. MIDAS uses the highest radiation monitor indication on the affected pathway to calculate dose projections.  
* For Vent Vents and Process Vents. MIDAS uses the highest radiation monitor indication on the affected pathway to calculate dose projections. *
*
* For "Quick Dose" defaults: Unidentified mix. ground level. all release points active. and noble gas and iodine.
* For "Quick Dose" defaults:
* SPS MIDAS FLOW RATES:
Unidentified mix. ground level. all release points active. and noble gas and iodine.
PATHWAY                 FLOW RATES VENT VENT STACK 2:       Flow as indicated by FT-VS-116 (for VG-110, VG-131)
* SPS MIDAS FLOW RATES: PATHWAY FLOW RATES VENT VENT STACK 2: Flow as indicated by FT-VS-116 (for VG-110, VG-131) ERFCS unknown/bad Oata: o scfm MIDAS default: l. 72 E+5 scfm PROCESS VENT: Flow indicated by FT-GW-100 (for GW-130, GW-102) ERFCS unknown/bad data:. 0 scfm MIDAS default flow: 300 scfm AIR EJECTOR: TV-SV-103
ERFCS unknown/bad Oata: o scfm MIDAS default: l. 72 E+5 scfm PROCESS VENT:           Flow indicated by FT-GW-100 (for GW-130, GW-102)
(-203) open: 25 scfm TV-SV-103
ERFCS unknown/bad data:. 0 scfm MIDAS default flow: 300 scfm AIR EJECTOR:             TV-SV-103 (-203) open:   25 scfm TV-SV-103 (-203) closed: O scfm TV-SV-103 (-203) ERFCS unknown/bad data: 25 scfm MIDAS default: 25 scfm CONTAINMENT:           -containment pressure< 14.7 psia: 0 scfm Containment pressure> 14.7 osia: 1.3 scfm ERFCS unknown/oaa aata: C s:f~
(-203) closed: O scfm TV-SV-103
MIDAS aefault: 1.30 scfm MAIN STEAM:   The flaw for a:* valves associated witn a specific line'are summed to aetermine the rei-ease rate associated with the radiation monitor for that pathway.
(-203) ERFCS unknown/bad data: 25 scfm MIDAS default: 25 scfm CONTAINMENT: -containment pressure<
SAFETY VALVES:         Valve ooen or ERFCS unknown/bad data: 838,739 lb-mass/hr Valve closeo: o ATMOSPHERIC RELIEFS: Valve open or ERFCS unknown/bad data: 370.618 lb-mass/hr Valve closed: O MIDAS DEFAULT TOTAL: 3.73 E+6 lbs-mass/hr per steam line AFWPT:                   Flow indicated by FT-MS-100 (-200)
14.7 psia: 0 scfm Containment pressure>
ERFCS unknown/bad data: 0 MIDAS default: 3.7 E+5 lb-mass/hr I}}
14.7 osia: 1.3 scfm ERFCS unknown/oaa aata: C s:f~ MIDAS aefault: 1.30 scfm MAIN STEAM: The flaw for a:* valves associated witn a specific line'are summed to aetermine the rei-ease rate associated with the radiation monitor for that pathway. SAFETY VALVES: Valve ooen or ERFCS unknown/bad data: 838,739 lb-mass/hr Valve closeo: o ATMOSPHERIC RELIEFS: Valve open or ERFCS unknown/bad data: 370.618 lb-mass/hr Valve closed: O MIDAS DEFAULT TOTAL: 3.73 E+6 lbs-mass/hr per steam line AFWPT: Flow indicated by FT-MS-100
(-200) ERFCS unknown/bad data: 0 MIDAS default: 3.7 E+5 lb-mass/hr I}}

Revision as of 00:22, 21 October 2019

Forwards Revised Epips,Including Rev 19 to EPIP-4.02,rev 14 to EPIP-4.16,rev 8 to EPIP-4.21 & Rev 7 to EPIP-4.30.EP & EPIPs Continue to Meet Stds of 10CFR50.47(b)
ML18151A628
Person / Time
Site: Surry  Dominion icon.png
Issue date: 07/23/1999
From: Grecheck E
VIRGINIA POWER (VIRGINIA ELECTRIC & POWER CO.)
To:
NRC OFFICE OF INFORMATION RESOURCES MANAGEMENT (IRM)
Shared Package
ML18151A629 List:
References
99-379, NUDOCS 9907300031
Download: ML18151A628 (99)


Text

=~---- ~,

-

", fl .,.

e

'),t

,/ .

VIRGINIA ELECTRIC AND POWER COMPANY RICHMOND, VIRGINIA 23261 July 23, 1999 United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission Serial No.99-379 Attention: Document Control Desk SS&UBAG RO Washington, D. C. 20555-0001 Docket No. 50-280 50-281 License No. DPR-32 DPR-37 Gentlemen:

VIRGINIA ELECTRIC AND POWER COMPANY SURRY POWER STATION UNITS 1 AND 2 REVISIONS TO EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURES Pursuant to 10 CFR 50.54(q), enclosed are revisions to four Surry Power Station Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures. The revisions do not implement actions which decrease the effectiveness of our Emergency Plan. The Emergency Plan and Implementing Procedures continue to meet the standards of 10 CFR 50.47(b). Please update your manual by performing the actions described in the enclosed tabulation of changes.

Very truly yours,

~D~

E. S. Grecheck Site Vice President Enclosure Commitments contained in this letter: None.

cc: U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission (2 copies)

Region II Atlanta Federal Center 61 Forsyth Street S.W., Suite 23T85 Ao~5 _ --

Atlanta, Georgia 30303 Mr. R. A. Musser NRC Senior Resident Inspector Surry Power Station 9907300031 990723 PDR ADOCK 05000280 F , ' PDR'

e

' *. \,a'"

    • J '
  • Serial No.99-379 Surry EPIP Revisions VIRGINIA ELECTRIC AND POWER COMPANY REVISION TO SURRY POWER STATION EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE Enclosed are rev1s1ons to Surry Power Station Emergency Plan Implementing Procedures. Please take the following actions in order to keep your manual updated with the most recent revisions.

REMOVE AND EFFECTIVE INSERT: EFFECTIVE DESTROY: DATE: DATE:

EPIP-4.02, Rev. 18., ,,...,,-- 09/10/98 EPIP-4.02, Rev. 19 07/22/99 EPIP-4.16, Rev. 13t / 08/05/98 EPIP-4.16, Rev. 14 07/22/99

../

EPIP-4.21, Rev. 7 Y 05/01/94 EPIP-4.21, Rev. 8 07/22/99

./'

V EPIP-4.30, Rev. 6V 10/14/98 EPIP-4.30, Rev. 7 07/22/99 Emergency Plan Privacy and Proprietary Material have been removed.

Reference Generic Letter No. 81-27

.j

  • NUMBER PIP-4.02 PROCEDURE TITLE RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING PROCEDURE (With 2 Attachments)

//

/

/

RE,VISION PAGE 1 of 20 18

/

PURPOSE

/en/c/y/

Establish a radiation protection program during an eme ./rg (including the dispatch o monitoring teams).

/

./

~//

//

/

ENTRY CONDITIONS /'

Any one of the following:

1. Emergency classification o/f-an Alert. Site Area Emergency or General
  • Emergency .
2. Activation by EPIP-4.01.;~ADIOLOGI AL ASSESSMENT DIRECTOR CONTROLLING PROCEDURE. . /

I

3. Whenever deemed ne~ssary by the RadioJogical Assessment Director.

I

/

/'

/

/

/

/

//'

I

/

/1 I

/

I I

APPROVAL RECOMMENDED SNSOC APPROVAL APPROVAL EFFECTIVE

.l*~~~-

DATE

'--:?. ~ / //DATE

~' <:. /_; . /~ 'f}6fa,f,

  • p CHAIRMAN SNSOC STATION MANAGER Form No. 72375B(Apr 91)'

'

....... !

NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.02 RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING 18

  • PROCEDURE PAGE 2 of 20 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 1 INITIATE PROCEDURE:
  • By:

Date:

Time:

2 ESTABLISH RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR (RPS) OFFICE:

a) Evaluate HP area radiation levels:

\

1) Do surveys and sampling

)

2) Use fri skers. personnel contamination monitors and count room analysis equipment for indications of abnormal readings b) Verify HP area - HABITABLE b) lI HP area NOT habitable, THEN do the following:
1) Establsh RPS Office in a habitable area (consider DSC, ALARA Office. Alternate
  • DSC or Emergency Switchgear Room).
2) Notify Exposure Control personnel.
3) GO TO Step 3.

c) Establish RPS Office in Supervisor HP (Operations)

Office

  • -4*

NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING EPIP-4.02 PROCEDURE 18

  • STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED PAGE 3 of 20 3 ESTABLISH COMMUNICATIONS:

a) Check TSC - ACTIVATED a) GO TO Step 3.d.

b) Notify RAD that RPS Office has been established c) Coordinate establishment of Radiological Protection Communications Network between the following locations (as permitted by personnel av a i l ab i l i ty ) :

  • Chemistry
  • osc d) Do radio checks:
1) Get portable HP radios, chargers and batteries
2) Use appropriate Announce/Talk Group(s)
3) Verify radio operability 3) Notify RAD of radio inoperability.

4 ESTABLISH ACCESS CONTROL:

a) Assign individual to control RCA access or to rope off RCA entrance b) Limit RCA access to approved individuals

  • NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION
  • - EPIP-4.02 RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING 18 PROCEDURE
  • STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED PAGE 4 of 20

~~ 5 ESTABLISH EXPOSURE CONTROL:

a) Have Exposure Control personnel initiate EPIP-4.27, EXPOSURE CONTROL EMERGENCY RESPONSE b) Notify Exposure Control personnel of HP area habitability

~~ 6 EVALUATE HP READINESS:

a) Identify available HP resources:

  • Have on-duty HP staff report to HP area
  • Have Exposure Control provide number and location of personnel on shift b) Notify RAD of HP readiness

~~ 7 ASSIGN INPLANT/ONSITE TEAMS:

a) Check personnel available for a) GO TO Step 8.

assignment as inplant and onsite team leaders b) Assign team leaders c) Assign inplant and onsite monitoring EPIP packages to team leaders d) Assign one team member for each inplant and onsite team

..)

NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVIS ION

-- EPIP-4.02 RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING 18

  • PROCEDURE PAGE 5 of 20 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

~~8 GET STATUS UPDATE FROM RAD:

  • Emergency classification
  • Plant status
  • Meteorological status
  • HP assistance required
  • Areas requiring monitoring (e.g .. Chemistry Office, Security) 9 ASSIGN INDIVIDUAL TO MONITOR TEAM DISPATCH USING ATTACHMENT 1,
  • MONITORING TEAM LOCATIONS
  • ....
  • NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.02 RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING 18
  • PROCEDURE PAGE 6 of 20 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
  • A m1n1mum of 2 (two) Offsite Monitoring Teams must be dispatched, i.e .. sent into the field, at a Site Area Emergency or General Emergency.
  • Emergency conditions may require immediate implementation of radiological protection response actions. Attachments to this procedure and associated documentation may be completed after the fact should these conditions exist.

10 CHECK ANY OF THE FOLLOWING ACTIONS GO TO Step 22.

REQUIRED (BASED ON CONSULTATION WITH RAD OR DEGRADING RADIOLOGICAL CONDITIONS):

  • EOP and Accident Mitigation Task support: GO TO Step 11
  • Inplant monitoring - GO TO Step 12
  • Onsite monitoring - GO TO Step 13
  • Brief Inplant/Onsite Monitoring or Damage Control Teams -

Initiate Attachment 2, TEAM BRIEFING

  • Offsite monitoring - GO TO NOTE prior to Step 14
  • Control Room/TSC/OSC/LEOF monitoring - GO TO Step 15
  • Contaminated personnel - GO TO Step 16
  • Evacuation Monitoring ~GOTO Step 18
  • Request for Post Accident Sampling - GO TO Step 19
  • Respiratory Protection - GO TO Step 20
  • Rec~ipt of sample analysis data - GO TO Step 21
  • I I NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING 18 EPIP-4.02
  • PROCEDURE PAGE 7 of 20 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE: Tasks to prevent/reduce core damage or terminate a radiological release may be identified as Accident Mitigation Tasks and as such should be expedited by all practical means.

11

  • PROVIDE SUPPORT FOR EMERGENCY OPERATING PROCEDURE (EOP) AND ACCIDENT MITIGATION TASK ACTIVITIES, AS NEEDED:
  • Assure EOP and Accident Mitigation Task teams are expedited through HP
  • Update RAD about HP support in progress
  • t t

.,

NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.02 RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING 18 PROCEDURE PAGE 8 of 20 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 12 INITIATE INPLANT MONITORING:

a) Consult with RAD to determine location and type of surveys required b) Ask for assessment of radiological hazards in area of surveys c) Verify Inplant Monitoring Team c) Assign Inplant Monitoring Team Leader assigned Leader.

d) Do briefing with Team Leader:

1) Have Team Leader initiate EPIP-4.14, INPLANT MONITORING
  • 2) Give Team Leader location and type of surveys required
3) Determine route of entry that should minimize exposure
4) Assign team number
5) Assign the following: 5) l.E. radio NOT available, THEN have team use Gai-Tronics
  • Portable radio system for communications.
  • Radio talk group e) Complete Attachment 2, TEAM BRIEFING f) Dispatch team(s) g) Notify RAD when survey information is received and when team returns h) RETURN TO Step 10
  • NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.02 RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING PROCEDURE 18
  • STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED PAGE 9 of 20 13 INITIATE ONSITE MONITORING:

a) Consult with RAD to determine location and type of surveys required b) Ask for assessment of radiological hazards in area of surveys c) Check if transportation required c) GO TO Step 13.e.

d) Assign vehicle (duplicate keys to vehicles are located in the Supv. HP Operations office key locker)

  • e) Verify Onsite Monitoring Team e) Assign Onsite Monitoring Team Leader assigned Leader.

f) Do briefing with Team Leader:

1) Have Team Leader initiate EPIP-4.15, ONSITE MONITORING
2) Give Team Leader location and type of surveys requ{red
3) Assign team number
4) Assign the following: 4) lI radio NOT available, THEN have team use Gai-Tronics
  • Radio (portable or mobile) system for communications.
  • Radio talk group*

g) Complete Attachment 2. TEAM BRIEFING h) Dispatch team(s) i) Notify RAD when survey information is received and when team returns

  • j) RETURN TO Step 10

NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING 18 EPIP-4.02

  • PROCEDURE PAGE 10 of 20 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
  • * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
  • CAUTION: Emergency Kits #1 and #2 have 120 Volt air samplers and friskers with AC power cords. Vehicles assigned to teams with these kits have to be equipped with an inverter or equipment substitutions must be made prior to team departure from the HP area. Emergency Kit #3 has a 12 Volt battery clamp air sampler.
  • * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
  • NOTE: Emergency Kit #1 is located in the Environmental Monitoring vehicle.

Emergency Kits #2 and #3 are located in the Maintenance Services Building. Instruments for these kits are stored separately in the HP Emergency Response Storage Area.

  • 14 INITIATE OFFSITE MONITORING:

a) Determine from RAD:

  • Need for offsite monitoring teams
  • Number of offsite teams required
  • Initial location of each team b) Ask for assessment of possible radiological hazards in area of surveys c) Assign 2 individuals to each Offsite Monitoring Team (at least 1 an HP Tech) d) Assign vehicle (duplicate keys to vehicles are located in the Supv. HP Operations office key locker) e) Use EPIP-4.16, OFFSITE
  • MONITORING to brief Team Leader f) RETURN TO Step 10

NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION

... RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING EPIP-4.02 18

  • PROCEDURE PAGE 11 of 20 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE: HP personnel should begin monitoring the LEOF within 60 minutes following declaration of an Alert or higher classification.

~~ 15 INITIATE CONTROL ROOM/TSC/OSC/LEOF MON ITO RI NG:

a) Establish monitoring of emergency response centers b) Determine frequency of monitoring based on:

  • Spread of contamination from service buildings
  • Increase or decrease of
  • effluent release
  • Increase in emergency classification
  • Change in plume direction c) Assign EPIPs:
  • EPIP-4.17, MONITORING OF EMERGENCY RESPONSE FACILITIES
  • EPIP-4.18, MONITORING OF LEOF d) Notify RAD as to the habitability of emergency response centers e) RETURN TO Step 10
  • NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.02 RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING 18
  • PROCEDURE PAGE 12 of 20 RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 16 CHECK PERSONNEL - CONTAMINATED RETURN TO Step 10.

a) Check contaminated personnel - a) GO TO Step 16.d.

INJURED b) Check transport to offsite b) GO TO Step 16.d.

medical facility - REQUIRED c) GO TO Step 17 d) Use normal station procedures to decontaminate individual Cs) and record results e) Notify RAD of results f) Identify location where

  • individual(s) was contaminated g) Evaluate set-up of access controls h) RETURN TO Step 10
  • NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.02 RAD I ATI ON PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING 18
  • PROCEDURE PAGE 13 of 20 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 17 HELP TRANSPORT CONTAMINATED INJURED PERSONNEL:

a) Do personnel surveys b) Check if decontamination prior b) GO TO Step 17.d.

to transport practical c) Use normal station decontamination procedures d) Notify RAD of need to transport contaminated personnel e) Assign HP Tech to accompany injured individual:

1) Have HP Tech use normal HP procedure(s) for response to contaminated injured personnel
2) Give HP Tech portable survey instrument f) Check if dosimetry needed by f) GO TO Step 17.h.

ambulance personnel

  • g) Have HP Tech issue dosimetry h) Notify RAD when ambulance departs i) RETURN TO Step 10
  • NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTRITLLING EPIP-4.02 PROCEDURE 18
  • STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED PAGE 14 of 20 18 INITIATE EVACUATION MONITORING:

a) Check evacuation - ORDERED a) lE evacuation planned but NOT ordered, THEN GO TO Step 18.c.

b) GO TO Step 18.d c) Do the following when notified of pending evacuation:

1) Consult with RAD regarding need of additional onsite surveys to support evacuation
2) Check surveys - REQUIRED 2) lE surveys NOT required, THEN GO TO Step 18.d.
3) Dispatch Monitoring Teams to determine radiation and contamination levels
4) Notify RAD of survey results d) Assign EPIP-4.21, EVACUATION AND REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREA MONITORING e) Assign Evacuation and Remote Assembly Area monitoring kit located in Maintenance Services Building (Kit #4) f) Help team get transportation or make arrangements for transportation with Security g) Notify RAD when team is dispatched and when survey results are available h) RETURN TO Step 10

.-

NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION RAD I ATI ON PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING EPIP-4.02 18

  • PROCEDURE PAGE 15 of 20 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 19 INITIATE POST ACCIDENT SAMPLING MON ITO RING:

a) Take inplant survey to determine dose rate at sample station b) Notify RAD of survey results c) Assign EPIPs:

  • EPIP-4.22, POST ACCIDENT SAMPLING OF CONTAINMENT AIR
  • EPIP-4.24, GASEOUS EFFLUENT SAMPLING DURING AN EMERGENCY
  • EPIP-4.25, LIQUID EFFLUENT SAMPLING DURING AN EMERGENCY ct) Provide HP coverage during sampling and sample preparation e) RETURN TO Step 10

NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING 18 EPIP-4.02

  • PROCEDURE PAGE 16 of 20 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 20 EVALUATE RESPIRATORY PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS:

a) Evaluate the following:

  • Airborne activity
  • Presence of noxious gases or oxygen deficient air b) Evaluate the need for recommending relocation of non-essential personnel from affected areas c) Evaluate the need for initiating EPIP-4.05,
  • RESPIRATORY PROTECTION d) RETURN TO Step 10 21 NOTIFY RAD WHEN ANY OF THE FOLLOWING SAMPLE ANALYSIS RESULTS RECEIVED:
  • Sample analysis data requested by RAD
  • Aonormal or unexpected analysis data
  • NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.02 RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING 18
  • PROCEDURE PAGE 17 of 20 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 22 IDENTIFY ADDITIONAL ACCESS CONTROL REQUIREMENTS:

a) Check if abnormal radiological a) lI NO abnormal radiological conditions exist: conditions, THEN do the following:

  • Airborne contamination greater than 0.30 DAC 1) Use normal station access control procedures.
  • Deposition greater than 1000 dpm per 100 cm2 2) GO TO Step 23.
  • Area dose rate greater than 1000 mR/hr b) Consult with RAD about areas for which access is to be
  • controlled c) Establish access control by:
  • Requiring HP notification prior to entry
  • Roping and posting affected areas d) Evaluate HP area radiation levels:
1) Do surveys and sampling
2) Use fri skers, personnel contamination monitors and count room analysis equipment for indications of abnormal readings

**=1 . !

NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION RAD I ATI ON PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING EPIP-4.02 PROCEDURE 18

  • STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED PAGE 18 of 20

_ _ 23 EVALUATE STAFFING REQUIREMENTS:

a) Consult with RAD about projected duration of emergency b) Check if relief schedule and/or b) GO TO Step 24.

increased staffing schedule required c) Prepare schedule d) Give schedule to RAD for approval e) Check schedule - APPROVED e) GO TO Step 24.

f) Perform callout of personnel

  • 24 g) Notify RAD when callout complete CHECK RELIEF - AVAILABLE 1.£. NO relief available. THEN GO TO Step 26.

25 TRANSFER RESPONSIBILITIES TO RELIEF:

a) Notify successor about plant conditions and HP actions underway b) Notify RAD of change of position c) Stay with new RPS for approximately 30 minutes to facilitate turnover

  • ____J

NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.02 RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING PROCEDURE 18

  • STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED PAGE 19 of 20

~~ 26 CONTINUE ASSESSMENT:

a) Check if emergency condition a) GO TO Step 27.

still exists b) Verify initial TSC b) WHEN TSC activated, THEN communications established establish communications with RAD.

c) Do the following:

1) RETURN TO Step 8
2) Have survey(s) and sampling repeated as necessary to determine/monitor onsite radiological conditions
  • ~~ 27 SECURE FROM EMERGENCY:

a) Notify HP staff b) Maintain access control c) Consult with RAD about reco~ery actions d) Restore procedures and equipment used during the emergency

NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING EPIP-4.02 18

  • PROCEDURE PAGE 20 of 20 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 28 TERMINATE EPIP-4.02:
  • Give completed EPIP-4.02, forms and other applicable records to the RAD
  • Completed by:

Date:

Time:

-END-

  • *"'

, r t J NUMBER ATTACHMENT TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.02 18

  • ATTACHMENT MONITORING TEAM LOCATIONS PAGE 1 1 of 1 TEAM MEMBERS RADIO LOCATION TIME NUMBER TALK GROUP
  • NUMBER ATTACHMENT TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.02 TEAM BRIEFING FORM 18
  • ATTACHMENT PAGE 2 1 of 1 SECTION 1: (TO BE COMPLETED BY TEAM LEADER)

DATE _ _ __ TIME DISPATCHED _ _ __ TEAM DESIGNATION _ _ _~

TASK*----------------------------~

LOCATION _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

EXPECTED CONDIT IONS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

DOSE RATES _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

CONTAMINATION LEVELS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~

SECTION 2: (TO BE COMPLETED BY INDIVIDUAL GIVING BRIEFING)

RADIO TALK GROUP:

  • TEAM PERSONNEL DATA NAME TLD REMAINING DOSE RESP. QUAL. Y/N DOSE & STAY TIME _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

PROTECTIVE CLOTHING/RESPIRATORY PROTECTION FULL PCs w/PLASTICS w/o PLASTICS _ _ PAPER SU IT ONLY STREET CLOTHES SCBA_ _ PAPR_ _ FULL FACE _ _

COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~ (DO NOT USE RADIO IN ESGR)

SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

'.

Level 2 Controlled Distribution

  • Maintained ljqltllll,Iffih'&~ar!Pl(D&lllE)R Do not removegoi"~QlOJWPJM fQrrfi.Eflro<<ork EMERGENCY PLAN IMPLEMENTING PROCEDURE
  • NUMBER EPIP-4.16 PROCEDURE TITLE OFFSITE MONITORING (With 3 Attachments)

REVISION 13 PAGE 1 of 16 PURPOSE To provide guidance for Offsite Monitoring Teams in obtaining equipment, tracking the plume, taking samples and transmitting data.

ENTRY CONDITIONS Entry from EPIP-4.02, RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING PROCEDURE .

  • APPROVAL RECOMMENDED SNSOC APPROVAL APPROVAL EFFECTIVE DATE DATE DATE
  • CHAIRMAN SNSOC STATION MANAGER Form No. 723758(Apr 91)

..

NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION

  • EPIP-4.16 OFFSITE MONITORING 13 PAGE 2 of 16 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 1 INITIATE PROCEDURE:
  • By:

Date:

Time:

  • NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION
  • EPIP-4.16 OFFSITE MONITORING 13 PAGE 3 of 16 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
  • * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
  • CAUTION: Emergency Kits #1 and #2 have 120 Volt air samplers and friskers with AC power cords. The vehicle assigned to the team with one of these kits has to be equipped with an inverter or equipment substitutions must be made prior to the team's departure from the HP area.

Emergency Kit #3 has a 12 Volt battery clamp air sampler.

  • * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
  • NOTE:
  • Offsite Monitoring Teams consist of 2 individuals. one being an HP Technician.
  • Emergency Kit #1 is located in the Environmental Monitoring vehicle. Emergency Kits #2 and #3 are located in the Maintenance
  • Services Building. Instruments are stored separately in the HP Emergency Response Storage area.

2 GET BRIEFING FROM RPS:

  • Logistics:
  • Staging area
  • Monitoring equipment required
  • Monitoring locations
  • Samples or surveys required
  • Anticipated radiation levels o Where to report survey data (TSC or LEOF) o Arrangements for return of samples to station for analysis
  • Radiation protection:
  • Protective clothing
  • Dosimetry
  • Respiratory protection*

,.

NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE. REVIS ION EPIP-4.16 OFFSITE MONITORING 13 '

  • STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED PAGE 4 of 16
  • * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
  • CAUTION: Specific authorization is required before ingesting KI.
  • * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * .* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *

~~ 3 SEND COMPLETED ATTACHMENT 3, RADIOPROTECTIVE DRUG DOSAGE, SIDE EFFECTS AND MEDICAL STATEMENT TO RAD

~~ 4 GET DOSIMETRY:

  • DAD - ON
  • ~~
  • SRO - ZEROED 5 GET EQUIPMENT FROM HP EMERGENCY RESPONSE STORAGE:

a) Get instruments specified during briefing (e.g., portable monitoring device, air sampler) b) Get respirators c) Check equipment:

  • Battery check
  • Calibration sticker
  • Response check d) Record instrument data on Attachment 1, OFFSITE MONITORING DATA SHEET
  • NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION
  • EPIP-4.16 OFFSITE MONITORING 13 PAGE 5 of 16

'

STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

~~ 6 RECORD TEAM DATA ON ATTACHMENT 1:

  • Team identification number
  • Team Leader and Member names

~~ 7 GET VEHICLE (duplicate keys to vehicles are located in Supv. HP Operations office key locker)

NOTE: Radio contact should be with the TSC until the LEOF (or CEOF) is activated.

  • 8 INITIATE RADIO COMMUNICATIONS:

a) Depress mode key on radio until EPl appears on the display b) Establish radio contact with appropriate emergency center (TSC, LEOF or CEOF) c) Ask for telephone number in case of radio failure d) Notify emergency center radio operator of the following:

  • Current location
  • Designated monitoring location NOTE: Two offsite monitoring emergency kits are stored in the Maintenance Services Building and one in the Environmental Monitoring vehicle.

~~ 9 GET EMERGENCY KIT

. -~

NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVIS ION

  • EPIP-4.16 OFFSITE MONITORING 13 PAGE 6 of 16 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE:
  • The Health Physics Monitoring Map identifies monitoring locations.

Copies of the map are available in the Emergency Kit, HP Office, TSC and LEOF.

  • Pre-selected Monitoring Point H-1.9 may not be accessible by vehicle.

~~ 10 GO TO DESIGNATED STAGING AREA OR MONITORING LOCATION (Refer to HP Monitoring Map for directions as needed)

NOTE: Dosimetry (SRDs/DADs) should be periodically checked while performing monitoring activities .

  • 11 RECORD DOSIMETER READING IN MONITORING DATA SECTION OF ATTACHMENT 1
  • L_ __

'

NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVIS ION

  • EPIP-4.16 OFFSITE MONITORING 13 PAGE 7 of 16 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE: Completed samples should be placed in clean containers (e.g ..

plastic bags), kept for future laboratory analysis, and labeled with the following information (1) Team identification number, (2) Name, (3) Location, (4) Date. (5) Time. (6) Volume (if applicable).

12 CHECK ANY OF THE FOLLOWING l I directed to return to station, SAMPLING ACTVITIES - REQUIRED: THEN GO TO Step 21.

  • Track plume: l I NO immediate action required, GO TO Step 13 THEN wait in low background area for further instructions
  • Sample noble gas: (periodically check with command GO TO Step 14 facility).
  • Sample particulate and iodine:
  • GO TO Step 15
  • Determine air sample activity:

GO TO Step 16

  • Surface soil sample:

GO TO Step 18

  • Vegetation sample:

GO TO Step 19

  • Surface water sample:

GO TO Step 20

  • NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION
  • EPIP-4.16 OFFSITE MONITORING 13 PAGE 8 of 16 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

~~ 13 FIND PLUME:

a) Get portable survey instrument from emergency kit b) Open beta shield c) Hold survey meter out of vehicle window d) Go through plume in a crosswind direction e) Check readings while traversing e) l.E NO readings above background plume until maximum point are observed, THEN do the (plume centerline) is located following: ~-

1) Ask appropriate emergency center where to relocate.
  • f) Record open window readings on Attachment 1 g) Close beta shield h) Record closed shield readings
2) RETURN TO Step 13.b .

on Attachment 1 i) Record dosimetry reading on Attachment 1 j) Notify emergency center of the following:

  • Dosimetry reading
  • Monitoring readings
  • Monitoring location k) Check if additional mon ito ring k) lI NO additional actions is required required, THEN go to a low background area outside the plume and wait for further instructions (periodically check with command facility).

l) RETURN TO Step 11

  • *.

NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION OFFSITE MONITORING

  • EPIP-4.16 13 I PAGE 9 of 16 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

~~ 14 TAKE NOBLE GAS SAMPLE:

a) Get 100 cc gas chamber from emergency kit b) Go to plume centerline or sample location specified c) Take off top of gas chamber d) Wave gas chamber in air e) Make sure petcocks are closed f) Put top of chamber back on g) Put chamber in labeled plastic

  • bag h) Record location on Attachment 1 i) Notify emergency center of status j) Check if additional monitoring
  • j) lI NO additional actions is required required. THEN go to a low I ,

background area outside the plume and wait for further instructions (periodically check with command facility).

k) RETURN TO Step 11

  • NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION
  • EPIP-4.16 OFFSITE MONITORING 13 PAGE 10 of 16 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED
  • * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ** * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
  • CAUTION: Vehicle should be turned off if/when connecting or disconnecting air sampler cables. Do not touch engine or hoses as they may be hot.
  • * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
  • 15 TAKE PARTICULATE AND IODINE SAMPLE:

a) Ask emergency facility to determine sample volume required b) Get air sampler c) Insert particulate filter and silver zeolite cartridge into sampler d) Check if high humidity d) GO TO Step 15.g.

  • conditions exist e) Keep sample away from moisture f) Notify emergency center of weather conditions g) Get air sample:
1) Turn on air sampler
2) Get volume specified by emergency facility (minimum 2.5 ft3 air sample) h) Remove iodine cartridge and particulate filter from sampler i) Put iodine cartridge and particulate filter into separate, labeled plastic bags j) Record sample parameters in Air Sample Data section of Attachment 1:
  • Sample ID
  • Date
  • Time
  • Location
  • Volume k) Check if determination of I-131 k) RETURN TO Step 11.

activity required

NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION

  • EPIP-4.16 OFFSITE MONITORING 13 PAGE 11 of 16 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

~~ 16 DETERMINE AIR SAMPLE ACTIVITY:

a) Go to,a low background area b) Turn on frisker b) 1£ frisker NOT operable, THEN GO TO Step 17.

c) Get a background count rate (cpm) ct) Put on a clean pair of gloves e) Take silver zeolite cartridge from plastic bag f) Hold influent side of silver

  • zeolite cartridge 1/4 inch from detector for at least 30 seconds to get a good count g) Check gross counts - ON SCALE g) Do the following:
1) Ask command facility which of the following actions is preferred:
  • Taking another sample of smaller volume
  • Measuring readings and converting results using an R0-2 meter.
2) 1£ another sample required, THEN RETURN TO Step 15.

1£ converting R0-2 readings, THEN GO TO Step 17.

h) Calculate net count rate:

GROSS (cpm) - BACKGROUND (cpm) NET C cpm)

  • i) Obtain conversion factor for specific sample volume from Attachment 2 (STEP 16 CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE)

'e, NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION

  • EPIP-4.16 OFFSITE MONITORING 13 PAGE 12 of 16 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

'

16 DETERMINE AIR SAMPLE ACTIVITY: (Continued) j) Calculate activity:

NET (cpm) x Conversion Factor= ACTIVITY (µCi/ml) k) Calculate Thyroid COE dose rate:

ACTIVITY (µCi/ml) x 1.57 E+9 = Thy COE, mR/hr l) Put sample in lebled plastic bag m) Record results in Air Sample section of Attachment 1 n) RETURN TO Step 11

}

NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVIS ION

  • EPIP-4.16 OFFSITE MONITORING 13 PAGE 13 of 16 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 17 CONVERT R0;2 MEASUREMENTS TO CPM:

a) Take background reading (mR/hr) b) Record results on Attachment 1 c) Hold influent side of silver zeolite cartridge about 1/4 inch from detector for at least 30 seconds to get a good reading d) Determine gross mR/hr e) Record results on Attachment 1 f) Calculate net mR/hr:

  • Gross mR/hr - Background mR/hr = Net mR/hr g) Record results on Attachment 1 h) Change mR/hr to approximate CPM:

Net mR/hr x 10,000 = Net CPM i ) Record results on Attachment 1 (Use appropriate units) j) RETURN TO Step 16.i

>

NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP'-4.16 OFFSITE MONITORING 13

  • STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED PAGE 14 of 16

~~ 18 GET SURFACE SOIL SAMPLE:

a) Go to location specified by the emergency center b) Find an area to sample for surface deposition that is flat and open (away from buildings, trees and vegetation) c) Find an approximate 1 ft2 area to take sample d) Take top 1/4 to 1/2 inch layer of soil e) Put soil sample in labeled

  • plastic bag f) Notify emergency center of status g) Check if add it i on a1 *monitor i ng g) lE NO additional actions is required required. THEN go to a low background area outside the plume and wait for further instructions (periodically check with command facility).

h) RETURN TO Step 11 1

  • J NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVIS ION
  • EPIP-4.16 OFFSITE MONITORING 13 PAGE 15 of 16 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

~~ 19 GET VEGETATION SAMPLE:

a) Locate vegetation to yield a sample representative of surface deposition (e.g.,

healthy grass, crops) b) Collect about 4 pounds of vegetation c) Put sample in a labeled container d) Notify command facility of your location

  • e) Check if additional sampling - e) l..E. additional sampling NOT REOU I RED required, THEN go to a low background area and wait for further instructions (periodically check with command facility).

f) RETURN TO Step 11

}

NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVIS ION

  • EPIP-4.16 OFFSITE MONITORING 13 PAGE 16 of 16 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

~~ 20 GET SURFACE WATER SAMPLE:

a) Locate body of water to yield a sample representative of surface deposition (e.g., lake, pond, puddle) b) Collect about 1 gallon of surface water in a labeled container (preferably plastic) c) Notify command facility of your location d) Check if additional sampling - d) lI additional sampling NOT REQUIRED required. THEN go to a low

  • background area and wait for further instructions (periodically check with command facility).

e) RETURN TO Step 11 21 TAKE SAMPLE(S) TO COUNT ROOM FOR ANALYSIS (or designated alternate facility as appropriate) 22 TERMINATE EPIP-4.16:

  • Give completed EPIP-4.16, forms and other applicable records to the Radiation Protection Supervisor
  • Completed by:

Date:

Time:

-END-

NUMBER* ATTACHMENT TITLE REVIS ION

  • EPIP-4.16 OFFSITE MONITORING DATA SHEET 13 ATTACHMENT PAGE 1 1 of 2 TEAM IDENTIFICATION No.:

NAME(s):

INSTRUMENT DATA:

INSTRUMENT MODEL No. SERIAL No.

MONITORING DATA:

I LOCATION DATE/ TIME DAD/SRO WINDOW OPEN I WINDOW CLOSED I READING mR/hr I mR/hr

  • AIR SAMPLE DATA: NEXT PAGE
  • NUMBER ATTACHMENT TITLE REVISION
  • EPIP-4.16 OFFSITE MONITORING DATA SHEET 13 ATTACHMENT PAGE 1 2 of 2 AIR SAMPLE DATA:

AIR SAMPLE ID.:

DATE / TIME: LOCATION:

GROSS CPM: BACKGROUND (BKG) CPM: NET CPM (GROSS - BKG):

AIR SAMPLE VOLUME (ft3):

ACTIVITY,µ Ci/ml NET CPM x Conversion Factor (from Attachment 2)

THYROID COE, mR/hr Activity,µ Ci/ml x l.57E+9 Al R SAMPLE ID.:

  • DATE / TIME: LOCATION:

GROSS CPM: BACKGROUND (BKG) CPM: NET CPM (GROSS - BKG):

AIR SAMPLE VOLUME (ft3):

ACTIVITY, µ Ci/ml NET CPM x Conversion Factor (from Attachment 2)

THYROID COE, mR/hr Activity,µ Ci/ml x l.57E+9 AIR SAMPLE ID.:

DATE / TIME: LOCATION:

GROSS CPM: BACKGROUND (BKG) CPM: NET CPM (GROSS - BKG):

AIR SAMPLE VOLUME (ft 3 ):

ACTIVITY,µ Ci/ml NET CPM x Conversion Factor (from Attachment 2)

THYROID COE, mR/hr Activity,µ Ci/ml x l.57E+9

.. l

..

  • . ' . NUMBER ATTACHMENT TITLE REVISION
  • EPIP-4.16 FRISKER CONVERSION FACTOR 13 ATTACHMENT PAGE 2 1 of 1 CONVERSION FACTOR 10-8 9 8

7 6

5 4

3"'

2 '

9 I'\. -.....

8 7

6

....

5

" ~

3 4

'"' ~

2

'

  • 9 8

7 6

5 4

" ""-

-

'

' ""

3

'"'

2 9

8

"""I'\. -.....

7 5

6

' f'li,.

r--

4 i,,."'

3 2

9 8

7 6

5 4

3 2

3

  • 0.1

,4 5 6 7 8 9 1

2 3 4 VOLUME (cubic feet) 5 6 7 89 10 4 5 6 7 8 9 100

..

~

'

NUMBER ATTACHMENT TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.16 RADIOPROTECTIVE DRUG DOSAGE. 13

  • ATTACHMENT 3

SECTION I:

SIDE EFFECTS AND MEDICAL STATEMENT DOSAGE AND SIDE EFFECTS PAGE 1 f 1

CAUTION Potassium Iodide should not be used by people allergic to Iodine. Keep out of reach of children. In case of overdose or allergic reaction, contact a physician or public health authority.

DIRECTIONS FOR ADULT USE: One (1) tablet once a day. DO NOT take tablet for more than 10 days.

SIDE EFFECTS:

Usually, side effects occur when people take higher doses for longer periods of time. Do not take more than the recommended dose and do not take dose for longer than the time that is recommended to you. Side effects are unlikely due to low doses over short periods of time. Possible side effects are skin rashes, swelling of salivary glands, and "iodism" (metallic taste, burning of mouth and throat, sore teeth and gums, symptoms of head cold, and sometimes stomach upset and diarrhea). A few people have an allergic reaction with more serious symptoms. These could be fever and joint pains, swelling of parts of the face and body, and severe shortness of breath, requiring immediate medical attention. Taking iodide may rarely cause overactivity of the thyroid gland, underactivity of the thyroid gland, or enlargement of the thyroid gland (goiter).

WHAT TO DO IF SIDE EFFECTS OCCUR:

If side effects are severe or if you have an allergic reaction, stop taking potassium iodide and call a doctor.

  • SECTION I I:

Team Leader and Team Member document review of this form by checking the applicable boxes below. respectively.

Check all that apply.

Items 2 through 5 should be answered to the best of your knowledge.

1. have read Section I, "DOSAGE AND SIDE EFFECTS".
2. do not have a known sensitivity to Iodine, nor do have a medical condition that would make me reluctant to take Iodine tablets.
3. have a known sensitivity to Iodine.
4. have a medical condition that may negate my being able to take Kl tablets, e.g ..

hyperthyroidism, hypothyriodism, etc.

5. am currently taking thyroid hormone tablets.
6. am a Declared Pregnant Worker under provisions of, or hereby state my intention to declare pregnancy in accordance with, VPAP-2101, Radiation Protection Program.

TEAM LEADER NAME:  ; DATE: _ _ _ _ __

(print) (signature) 1 TEAM MEMBER NAME: DATE: _ _ _ _ __

(print) (signature)

  • NUMBER EPIP-4.21 PROCEDURE TITLE EVACUATION AND REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREA MONITORING (With 1 Attachment)

REVISION 7

PAGE 1 of 8 PURPOSE To collect personnel dosimetry, monitor station personnel evacuating from the site, and provide instructions for decontamination.

ENTRY CONDITIONS Any one of the following:

1. Activation by EPIP-4.01, RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT DIRECTOR CONTROLLING PROCEDURE .
  • 2. Activation by EPIP-4.02, RADIATION PROTECTION SUPERVISOR CONTROLLING PROCEDURE.
3. Activation by EPIP-5.05, SITE EVACUATION.

ENTERED BY MAY - I 1995

,I I

8PM I AP~RECOMMENDED SNSOC APPROVAL APPROVAL EFFECTIVE DATE DATE DATE 4- '2,() -t:; 5- tgca._ 41'2.,l'i(' 5/ 1116

,>

CHAIRMAN SNSOC STATION MANAGER

--- --- - - -- -- ---- ----- --- - - - - - -- . ~\

9505240094 950515 I PDR ADOCK 05000280 - i


~E' ----- ----- -- PDR

-- -____ _____/

1 Form No. 723758(Apr 91)

NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.21 EVACUATION AND REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREA MONITORING 7

  • STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED PAGE 2 of 8 1 INITIATE PROCEDURE:
  • By:

Date:

Time:

2 GET BRIEFING FROM RPS:

a) Determine Remote Assembly Area (RAA) to be used b) Review route to designated RAA:

  • Primary RAA: Take Rt. 650 to intersection with Rt. 628;
  • turn left onto Rt. 628; go 1.1 miles to second set of power lines
  • Secondary RAA: Take Rt. 650 to Rt. 617; turn right; go to Rt. 10 and proceed west to Community Center {right side of Rt. 10 towards Richmond) c) Review radiological conditions d) Check if parking areas are to be surveyed prior to evacuation e) Get phone number for back-up communications in case of radio failure:

f) Get radio talk group assignment:

g) Determine required monitoring equipment (e.g., portable monitoring device, frisker)

  • h) Determine dosimetry requirements

NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.21 EVACUATION AND REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREA MONITORING 7

  • STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED PAGE 3 of 8 3 GET REQUIRED EQUIPMENT:

a) Get instruments from HP emergency response storage area:

  • Do battery check
  • Check calibration sticker
  • Do response check b) Get dosimetry:
  • DAD - ON OR
  • SRO - ZEROED c} Get copies of blank Personnel Contamination Reports (PCRs}
  • and blank survey maps d} Get vehicle with mobile radio d) Do the following:
1) Get vehicle and portable radio.
2) Set portable radio to assigned talk group:

a) Move three position toggle switch to B.

b) Move mode selector knob to position 2, 3 or 4.

e} Check radio - OPERABLE e) GO TO Step 3.f

1) Depress mode key until AND assigned talk group is displayed (N/A for portable) Make sure to contact station upon arrival at RAA using
2) -Establish communications alternate means:

with RPS prior to leaving site

  • Security radio
  • Automatic Ringdown to TSC (Primary RAA only)
  • Commercial telephone
  • f) Get Emergency Kit #4 from Maintenance Services Building

NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.21 EVACUATION AND REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREA MONITORING 7

  • STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED PAGE 4 of 8 4 DO SURVEY OF PARKING AREA PRIOR TO GO TO Step 5.

EVACUATION IF PREVIOUSLY DIRECTED BY RPS:

a) Monitor parking areas to determine contamination levels prior to evacuation b) Notify RPS of survey results NOTE: Attachment 1 shows location of Primary RAA and Secondary RAA.

5 GO TO DESIGNATED RAA NOTE: SRDs should be securely fastened to the accompanying TLD .

  • 6 CHECK IF RADIOLOGICAL RELEASE -

OCCURRED

.II NO release occurred, THEN do the fa 11 owing:

a) Get dosimetry from evacuees b) Have evacuees follow directions provided to the public (e.g.,

radio EBS messages), if any c) Release evacuees d) Return to station e) GO TO Step 15.

7 HAVE* EVACUEES REMAIN IN VEHICLES UNTIL SURVEYS ARE COMPLETED 8 GET DOSIMETRY FROM EVACUEES

  • NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION

.

EPIP-4.21 EVACUATION AND REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREA MONITORING 7

  • STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED PAGE 5 of 8 9 MONITOR VEHICLES AND EVACUEES:

a) Check vehicle(s) - CONTAMINATED a) GO TO Step 9.c.

b) Isolate vehicle(s) c) Check evacuee(s) - CONTAMINATED c) GO TO Step 10.

d) Record data on Personnel Contamination Reports 10 DO FOLLOW-UP ACTIONS FOR IF NO contamination on vehicles or CONTAMINATED VEHICLES(S) OR evacuees, THEN do the following:

EVACUEE(S):

1) Have evacuees follow directions a) Notify RPS of survey results provided to the public (e.g.,

radio EBS messages), if any

  • b) Ask RPS for disposition instructions:
  • Send vehicle or individual.

back to plant

2) Release evacuees
3) Notify RPS of survey results
4) Ask RPS for follow-up instructions
  • Try to decontaminate at RAA: 5) GO TO Step 13.

GO TO Step 11 OR

  • Send vehicle or evacuee to Surry County Evacuation Assembly Center for decontamination: GO TO NOTE prior to Step 12
  • Return to station: GO TO Step 13
  • NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.21 EVACUATION AND REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREA MONITORING 7
  • STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED PAGE 6 of 8 11 DECONTAMINATE AT RAA:

a) Check if contamination found on a) GO TO Step 11.e.

clothing b) Remove contaminated clothing c) Put contaminated clothing in poly bag d) Replace clothing with paper or plastic clothing e) Check if localized e) IF decontamination successful, contamination exists THEN do the following:

1) Have evacuees follow directions provided to the
  • public (e.g., radio EBS messages), if any
2) Release evacuees
3) RETURN TO Step IO.a.

f) Try to decontaminate using mechanic's soap g) Clean area with drying towels (diapers) h) RETURN TO Step 10

  • NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.21 EVACUATION AND REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREA MONITORING 7
  • STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED PAGE 7 of 8 NOTE: Attachment 1 shows the location of Surry County's Primary and Alternate Evacuation Assembly Centers.

12 DECONTAMINATE AT SURRY COUNTY EVACUATION ASSEMBLY CENTER:

a) Ask RPS for assistance to transport evacuee(s) to Surry County Evacuation Assembly Center b) Go with evacuee(s) to Evacuation Assembly Center c) Try to decontaminate evacuee RETURN TO Step 10

  • d) 13 MONITOR DECONTAMINATION AREA 14 CLEAN ANY AREAS FOUND TO BE CONTAMINATED 15 COMPLETE SURVEYS AND MAKE SURE THE FOLLOWING DATA HAS BEEN RECORDED ON EACH FORM:
  • Date
  • Time
  • Instrument used and serial number 16 GET ALL BAGS CONTAINING CONTAMINATED MATERIAL
  • *.

NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.21 EVACUATION AND REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREA MONITORING 7

  • STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED PAGE 8 of 8

)7 RETURN TO STATION 18 TAKE DOSIMETRY TO EXPOSURE CONTROL 19 TERMINATE EPIP-4.21:

  • Give completed EPIP-4.21, forms and other records to the Radiation Protection Supervisor
  • Completed By: - - - - - - -

Date:

Time:

  • -END-
  • .,

NUMBER ATTACHMENT TITLE REVISION I

  • EPIP-4.21 LOCATION OF REMOTE ASSEMBLY AREAS 7
  • I ATTACHMENT PAGE 1 1 of 1 PRAA: Primary Remote Assembly Area (Under power lines, 1.1 miles east of intersection at Rt. 650 and Rt. 628)

SRAA: Secondary Remote Assembly Area (Surry Parks and Recreation Community Center) N EAC1: Evacuation Assembly Center, Surry County High School EAC2: Evacuation Assembly Center, Surry County Elementary School s

Surry

  • Power Station
  • Level 2 Contro1¥aT&0I*'h~~~R

. Maintained ~lJ,ijRi; !Be~aill~~TIO N Do noi:~~sR:kMrlmlfflllf6MfiijJE1[~rtPROCEDURE NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVIS ION EPIP-4.30 USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL 6 PAGE (With 2 Attachments) 1 of 21 PURPOSE To provide instructions for execution of the MIDAS Class A Model.

ENTRY CONDITIONS Any one of the following:

1. Entry from EPIP-4.01, RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT DIRECTOR CONTROLLING PROCEDURE.
2. Entry from EPIP-4.03. DOSE ASSESSMENT TEAM CONTROLLING PROCEDURE.
3. Direction by the Radiological Assessment Director or Radiological Assessment Coordinator.

APPROVAL RECOMMENDED SNSOC APPROVAL APPROVAL EFFECTIVE

~~

DATE DATE DATE io/~r ~~~ ,o.c;.'t8 1(:)- \~- ~~

  • CHAIRMAN SNSOC STATION MANAGER Form No. 723758(Apr 91)

CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that.was entered before initiating a run, or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct, the CONFIRM ~ox i~

selected to continue model processing. The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:

  • ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM. EXIT, RESET)
  • MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • RUN TYPE ANO TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
  • RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT)
  • Surry release points are assigned as follows:
  • Release Point 1: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
  • Release Point 2: Process Vent
1. l£ the touch screen feature is activated, THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal, THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:

a) Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.

bl Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen.

c) Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.

NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.

2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired, THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
3. l£ a particular terminal malfunctions. THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
4. l.E a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.
  • NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVIS ION EPIP-4.30 USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL 6
  • STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED PAGE 2 of 21 NOTE:
  • Dose assessments should be performed within 15 minutes after a radiological release. MIDAS may underestimate the effects of a release which begins or ends during the current 15-minute period.
  • An abnormal run is one in which a red bar containing messages that meteorological or radiation monitor data is missing appears on the screen.
  • Pressing the DIALOG key causes the terminal to display three l i'nes of text and allows the operator to read system messages during a*

run.

  • Attachment 2. Design Basis Accident Technical Overview, provides assumptions and default values used in the MIDAS code and EPIPs.

1 INITIATE PROCEDURE:

  • a) By: _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __

Date: _________ ~

Ti me: __________

b) Press START/STOP button (the top button near the lower right front of terminal) c) Ensure STOP/START button stays in the engaged position d) Press LOCK key on the keyboard e) Verify LOCK and TEK indicating e) Do the following:

lights - ON

1) Notify RAD/RAC MIDAS terminal mal functioning.

2). Initiate Attachment 1.

f) Verify MIDAS in one of the f) ll in CEOF. THEN ensure "Black following locations being used: Box" ABC switch positioned to "B" for Surry.

  • Surry HP Office
  • Surry LEOF g) Verify - INITIAL MIDAS RUN g) GO TO Step 5 .
  • CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30.

NOTE:

  • MIDAS screens have selection boxes th*at may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered
  • before initiating a run. or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct, the CONFIRM box is selected to continue model processing. The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
  • ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT. RESET)
  • MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM; RESET)
  • DBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT)
  • Surry release points are assigned as follows:
  • Release Point 1: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
  • Release Point 2: Process Vent
1. lE the touch screen feature is activated, THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal. THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:

a) bJ Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.

Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen.

  • c) Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.

NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.

2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired, THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
3. lE a particular terminal malfunctions, THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
4. lE a terminal lock-up occurs, THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.
  • NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVIS ION EPIP-4.30 USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL 6 PAGE 3 of 21 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 2 DO INITIAL ASSESSMENT:

a) Press RETURN b) Verify USERNAME displayed b) lE "Local>" appears. THEN type C SMIDAS and RETURN TO Step 2.a.

l.E message "Local -715 or Local -013" appears. THEN do the following:

1) Press CTRL K keys.
2) WHEN "Local>" appears. THEN type C NMIDAS.
3) Wait for USERNAME to appear.
4) l.E USERNAME appears. THEN do the following:

a) GO TO Step 2.c.

b) Continue using manually entered monitor and met data.

l.E USERNAME does NOT appear,

  • THEN do dose assessment using manual EPIPs.

c) Type MIDAS d) Press RETURN e) Verify MIDAS in one of the e) l.E in CEOF, THEN do the following locations being used: following:

  • Surry HP Office 1) Type SU (Surry Site ID).
  • Surry LEOF 2) Press RETURN.

(STEP 2 CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE)

  • CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 MIDAS screens have* selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered
  • before initiating a run, or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct, the CONFIRM h,ox i~

selected to continue model processing. The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:

  • ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT, RESET)
  • MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT)
  • Surry release points are assigned as follows:
  • Release Point 1: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
  • Release Point 2: Process Vent
1. l£. the touch screen feature is activated, THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal, THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:

a) b)

Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.

Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen.

  • c) Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.

NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key wi.11 produce light text on a -black background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.

2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired. THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
3. l£. a particular terminal malfunctions, THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
4. l£. a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.

...

NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.30 USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL 6

  • PAGE 4 of 21 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 2 DO INITIAL ASSESSMENT: (Continued) f) WHEN the following prompt appears ENTER: [Sl] SURRY 1

[S2J SURRY 2

[Rl] SURRY 1 TREND

[R2] SURRY 2 TREND

[EX] EXIT THEN type appropriate unit (Sl or S2) g) Press RETURN h) WHEN the following prompt appears

[XX] FUNCTION OR TASK CODE

[XXX] FUNCTION AND TASK CODE

  • [ FM] FUNCTION MENU

[CTRL-ZJ EXIT THEN type TS (touch screen) i) Press RETURN j) Verify MIDAS connected to Surry j) lE. MIDAS is connected to North VAX Anna VAX (i.e .. connection made using C NMIDAS), THEN GO TO Step 6.

k) Check if quick assessment k) GO TO Step 5.

desired l) Touch REAL TIME QUICK DOSE PROJECTIONS on the ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION screen m) Touch CONFIRM

  • . l

CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 NOTE:

  • MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data th~t was entered
  • before initiating a run, or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct, the CONFIRM qox i~

selected to continue model processing. The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:

  • ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT. RESET)
  • MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
  • RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
  • OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
  • RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT)
  • Surry release points are assigned as follows:
  • Release Point 1: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow

.(EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)

  • Release Point 2: Process Vent
1. lE the touch screen feature is activated. THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal. THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:

a) Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.

  • b) Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen.

c) Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.

NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.

2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired. THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
3. lE a particular terminal malfunctions. THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
4. l£. a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.

!

NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVIS ION EPIP-4.30 USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL 6 PAGE 5 of 21 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE:

  • Meteorological (MET) parameters with good values are backlit in gray with their value under the parameter name.
  • Rate of rainfall (inches per lS minutes) may be obtained from the Virginia Power Weather Center (Innsbrook. 8-730-3025). Zero (0) may be entered if data is not available; However, using 2ero during periods of rainfall may yield unrepresentative results.
  • The Stability Class letter designator (A-G) should be used in lieu of a Delta T numerical value. This is preferred because numerical values must be entered in °F. but station monitoring systems display the parameter in °C.
  • EPIP-4.10. Determination of X/0, contains instructions for getting meteorological information. e.g. inches rainfall, when on-site measurements unavailable.

__ 3 ENTER METEOROLOGICAL. DATA:

a) Check gray boxes - APPEAR a) GO TO Step 3.f.

b) Touch RAIN box C) Put in rate of rainfall (inches per 15 minutes) d) Touch CONFIRM e) GO TO Step 3.j f) Do one of the following:

  • Use LAST MET and touch each box to activate parameter
  • Touch box for each MET parameter to be entered and put in value using the NUM pad g) Verify the entered value g) Enter parameter value again.

appears under the parameter name (STEP 3 CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE)

CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 NOTE:

  • MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET, CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered
  • before initiating a run. or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct, the CONFIRM qox is.

selected to continue model processing. The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:

  • ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT, RESET)
  • MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM. RESET)
  • RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
  • MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT)
  • Surry release points are assigned as follows:
  • Release Point 1: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point .1 is "0.00E+OO" based on no containment release.)
  • Release Point 2: Process Vent
1. l£. the touch screen feature is activated, THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal. THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:

a) b)

Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.

Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen.

  • c) Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.

NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.

2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired. THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
3. l£. a particular terminal malfunctions. THEN dose pr_ojections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
4. l£. a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.

7

  • NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.30 USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL 6
  • STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED PAGE 6 of 21 3 ENTER METEOROLOGICAL DATA: (Continued) h) Ensure values for each of the following parameters are entered (touch the appropriate box and enter the value using the NUM pad as needed):
  • Delta temperature [enter letter of Stability Class (A-G) in Delta T field]:

DELTA T (o C) SIGMA THETA ( 0 ) STABILITY CLASS

~ -0.67 ~ 22.5 A (most unstable)

-0.66 to -0.60 22.4 to 17.5 B

-0.59 to -0.53 17.4 to 12.5 C

-0.52 to -0.18 12.4 to 7.5 D

-0.17 to +0.53 7.4 to 3.8 E

+0.54 to +1.41 3.7 to 2 .1 F

> +1.41 < 2.1 G (most stable)

  • Upper and lower wind speed (mph)
  • Lower wind direction (degrees)
  • Ambient temperature (°F)
  • Rain (inches per 15 minutes) i) Touch CONFIRM after all MET parameters are correctly entered (STEP 3 CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE)
  • *.

CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30

.-

MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered

  • before initiating a run. or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct. the CONFIRM ~ox i~

selected to continue model processing. The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:

  • ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT, RESET)
  • MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET) .~
  • RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT)
  • Surry release points are assigned as follows*:
  • Release Point 1: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
  • Release Point 2: Process Vent
1. l[ the touch screen feature is activated, THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal. THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:

a) b)

Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.

Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen.

  • c) Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.

NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a b1ack background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.

2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired. THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
3. l[ a particular terminal malfunctions. THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
4. l[ a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.
  • ,

NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVIS ION EPIP-4.30 USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL 6 PAGE 7 of 21 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 3 ENTER METEOROLOGICAL DATA: (Continued) j) Verify run proceeds into j) lE Red Warning message appears calculation mode (i.e., rad monitor data invalid). THEN do the following:

1) Touch EXIT.
2) RETURN TO Step 2.j.

4 GET REPORTS:

a) Check if SPECIAL REPORT appears a) lE DATA RESULT SCREEN appears.

following calculation routine THEN touch CONTINUE multiple times to step through data results and calculation routine until the SPECIAL REPORT appears .

  • b) Make a print of SPECIAL REPORT (touch "D COPY/S COPY")

c) Touch CONTINUE d) WHEN page 1 of the RADIOLOGICAL STATUS REPORT appears, THEN press "D COPY/S COPY" e) Touch CONTINUE f) WHEN page 2 of the RADIOLOGICAL STATUS REPORT appears, THEN press "D COPY/S COPY" g) Touch MORE REPORTS h) Wait for MORE REPORTS SELECTION screen to appear (STEP 4 CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE)

  • .,

CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 NOTE:

  • MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered .*

before initiating a run, or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct. the CONFIRM box is selected to continue model processing. The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:

  • ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT, RESET)

MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)

  • RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
  • OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
  • RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM. EXIT)
  • Surry release points are assigned as follows:
  • Release Point 1: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no contai~ment release.)
  • Release Point 2: Process Vent
1. l.E. the touch screen feature is activated. THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal, THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:

a) Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the ~rocedure.

  • b) Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen.

c) Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.

NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image), which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.

2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired, THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
3. l.E. a particular terminal malfunctions, THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
4. l.E. a terminal lock-up occurs, THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.

t

..:

NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.30 USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL 6 PAGE

-,

8 of 21 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 4 GET REPORTS: (Continued) i) Check with RAD/RAC about need i) WHEN NO additional reports are for the following specific needed. THEN do the following:

reports (to support State assessments): 1) Touch EXIT twice to return to the ACCIDENT RUN MENU

  • MET. RAD, l/0. DOSE

SUMMARY

SELECTION SCREEN.

  • DOSE/DOSE RATE PLOTS
  • Additional SPECIAL REPORT 2) GO TO Step 15.
  • Additional RADIOLOGICAL STATUS REPORT j) Touch box for desired report k) Touch CONFIRM l) Check if REPORT PARAMETER 1) GO TO Step 14.

SELECTION screen appears m) Set projection time on REPORT PARAMETER SELECTION SCREEN:

1) Touch PROJ. TIME box to scroll to duration specified by RAD/RAC (Use 2-hour default duration if no duration specified)
2) Touch CONFIRM n) GO TO Step 14
  • CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET, CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered C
  • before initiating a run. or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct. the CONFIRM b.ox is.

selected to continue model processing. The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:

  • ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT, RESET)
  • MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
  • RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT)
  • Surry release points are assigned as follows:
  • Release Point 1: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
  • Release Point 2: Process Vent
1. l£. the touch screen feature is activated, THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal. THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:

a) bJ Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.

Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen.

  • c) Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.

NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image), which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.

2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired. THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
3. l£. a particular termina-1 malfunctions. THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
4. l£. a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.

. I I

NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVIS ION EPIP-4.30 USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL 6

  • STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED PAGE 9 of 21

.,""

NOTE: CHRRMS (Unit 1: RMS-127/128, Unit 2: RMS-227/228) readings may be used to select MIDAS LOCA accident type.

HOURS CONTAINMENT HIGH RANGE RADIATION AFTER LOCA MONITOR READING (R/hr) 0 ~l. 3E+4 ~4.5E+2 ~l. 54 1 ~5. OE+3 ~l. 8E+2 ~l. 3 2 ~3.7E+3 ~l.4E+2 ~1.2 4 ~2.8E+3 ~8.6E+l ~1.0 MIDAS ACCIDENT LOCA LOCA LOCA TYPE SELECTION MELT GAP PC

  • 5 DO ENHANCED DOSE ASSESSMENT WITH DEFAULT DATA:

a) Verify MIDAS system default data to be used Ci .e .. real a) GO TO Step 6.

time meteorological and radiation monitor data. and default accident isotope mix) b) Touch REAL TIME ENHANCED DOSE PROJECTIONS c) Touch CONFIRM d) WHEN the OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION menu appears, THEN touch the selection box for the accident type designated by the RAD/RAC e) Touch CONFIRM f) RETURN TO Step 3

  • CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 NOTE:
  • MIDAS screens have *selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered .

before initiating a run. or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct. the CONFIRM QOX is.

selected to continue model processing. The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:

  • ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM. EXIT, RESET)

MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM. RESET)

  • RUN TYPE ANO TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
  • RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
  • RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
  • WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT)
  • Surry release points are assigned as follows:
  • Release Point 1: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
  • Release Point 2: Process Vent
1. l£. the touch screen feature is activated. THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal. THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:

a) b)

Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.

Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen.

  • c) Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.

NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.

2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired. THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
3. 1£ a particular terminal malfunctions. THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
4. 1£ a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.

.r

  • ,.

NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE* REVISION EPIP-4.30 USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL 6 PAGE 10 of 21 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE:

  • Each input screen will appear with preselected values backlit in white. Changes are made by pressing the appropriate box and using the touch screen keypad in the upper right quadrant on the screen.

Keypad entries are entered by touching EN on the keypad. Times between midnight.and 0100 must be entered as 2400 through 2459 using the previous date.

  • Use of bad radiation monitor or source term data (equal to zero) during a previous run will require selection of a new (different) release option.

6 USE REAL TIME ALL SCREEN DOSE PROJECTIONS TO DO ENHANCED DOSE ASSESSMENT WITH OPTIONAL OPERATOR INPUT DATA:

a) Verify user input is desired a) RETURN TO Step 5.

for Release Date/Time, Release Option, Monitor Data or Sample Data b) Touch REAL TIME ALL SCREEN DOSE PROJECTIONS c ) Touch CONFIRM d) WHEN MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS d) Adjust choices on the screen appears. THEN verify MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS screen default choices are to be used per RAD/RAC instructions Touch MANUAL if manual input of weather data is desired.

e ) Touch CONFIRM

  • ,

CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 NOTE:

  • MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered ~

before initiating a run, or to return to a previous screen. When **

all information on the screen is correct, the CONFIRM pox i?

selected to continue model processing. The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:

  • ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM. EXIT. RESET)
  • MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
  • RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
  • RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM. EXIT)
  • Surry release points are assigned as follows:
  • Release Point 1: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
  • Release Point 2: Process Vent
l. l£. the touch screen feature is activated. THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal. THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:

a) b)

Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.

Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen.

  • c) Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.

NOTE: C~pying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image), which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.

2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired. THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the -screen is displayed.
3. l£. a particular terminal malfunctions. THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
4. l£. a terminal lock-up occurs, THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.

t

  • NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.30 USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL 6
  • PAGE 11 of 21 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE:
  • Run type is preset to PROJECTED (FORECAST) DOSE.
  • PROJECTION TIME (HOURS) is preset to 1, 2, 4 and 8.

7 INPUT DATE AND TIME INFORMATION:

a) WHEN RUN MODE ANO INTEGRATION a) I.E. current date/time NOT to be TIME SELECTION screen appears, used, THEN do the following:

THEN verify current date/time to be used 1) Touch START DATE OF INTEGRATION and then use the touch screen NUM pad to enter date in the format:

MO/DY/YR HR:MN. (MIDAS will provide"/" marks between the pairs of digits for month, day and year. and a

  • colon between the pairs of digits for hours and minutes.)
2) Touch EN when entry is complete.

b) Touch CONFIRM

  • CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered
  • before initiating a run. or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct. the CONFIRM box is selected to continue model processing. The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
  • ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT. RESET)
  • MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM. RESET)
  • RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET) .-r
  • RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
  • OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
  • RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
  • WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
  • MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM. EXIT)
  • Surry release points are assigned as follows:
  • Release Point 1: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
  • Release Point 2: Process Vent
1. 1.£. the touch screen feature is activated. THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal. THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:

a) Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.

b) Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen.

c) Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.

NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.

2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired. THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
3. 1.£. a particular terminal malfunctions. THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
4. 1.£. a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.

NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.30 USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL 6 PAGE 12 of 21 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE: If rad data was bad or the source term data was equal to zer.o in a previous run. a new release option must be selected different from the one previously selected.

~~ 8 SELECT RELEASE (SOURCE TERM)

OPTION:

a) Use RELEASE OPTION SELECTION screen b) Select one of the following release options:

RELEASE OPTIONS SELECTION AND TRANSITION STEPS Radiation monitor data is available 1) Touch MANUAL ENTRY OF EACH

  • for manual entry and/or predictive MONITOR READING dose assessment is desired based on 2) Touch CONFIRM a potential release 3) GO TO Step 9 1). Touch MONITOR DATA FROM Radiation monitor data i s available V &F FILE from file 2) Touch CONFIRM
3) GO TO Step 11 Isotopic release rates are available 1) Touch MANUAL ENTRY OF for manual entry and/or predictive ISOTOPE RELEASE RATE dose assessment is desired based on 2) Touch CONFIRM a potential release 3) GO TO Step 10 Isotopic concentrations and flow 1) Touch MANUAL ENTRY OF rates of each release path are known, ISOTOPE CONCENTRATION and/or predictive dose assessment is 2) Touch CONFIRM desired based on a potential release 3) GO TO Step 10
1) Touch DEFAULT OBA ACCIDENT Design Basis Assident Default (OBA) 2) Touch CONFIRM
3) GO TO Step 11
  • CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered before initiating a run, or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct. the CONFIRM Qox i$

selected to continue model processing. The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:

  • ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM. EXIT. RESET)
  • MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • ~BA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
  • RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM. EXIT)
  • Surry release points are assigned as follows:
  • Release Point 1: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "0.00E+OO" based on no containment release.)
  • Release Point 2: Process Vent
1. 1£ the touch screen feature is activated, THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal. THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:

a) Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.

b) Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen.

c) Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.

NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.

2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired. THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
3. 1£ a particular terminal malfunctions, THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
4. I.E. a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.
  • NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.30 USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL 6
  • STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED PAGE 13 of 21
  • * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *
  • CAUTION:
  • Double counting will occur if more than one monitor in each release pathway is entered.
  • Default flow rates will automatically be used if flow rates are not entered and may result in overconservative dose projections .

.* * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * *

  • NOTE:
  • Monitor readings may be obtained from ERFCS Group Review screens if RMS data is not available to MIDAS.
  • Monitor readings from RM-VG-123 (Vent Vent High Range) or RM-GW-122 (Process Vent High Range) may be obtained from Operations if Kaman monitors (RM-VG-131 or RM-GW-130) or Victoreen monitors CRM-VG-110 or RM-GW-102) are offscale or out of service .
  • CHRRMS (Unit 1: RMS-127/128, Unit 2: RMS-227/228) readings may be used to select MIDAS LOCA accident type.

HOURS AFTER LOCA CONTAINMENT HIGH RANGE RADIATION MONITOR READING CR/hr) 0 21. 3E+4 24.5E+2 21.54 1 25.0E+3 21. 8E+2 21.3

-

2 23.7E+3 21..4E+2 21. 2

-

4 22.8E+3 28.6E+l 21.0

-

MIDAS ACCIDENT LOCA LOCA LOCA TYPE SELECTION MELT GAP PC 9 ENTER MONITOR DATA MANUALLY:

a) WHEN the OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION screen appears, THEN select accident type specified by the RAD/RAC (STEP 9 CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE)

  • CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered before initiating a run. or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct, the CONFIRM pox i) selected to continue model processing. The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
  • ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT. RESET)

MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)

  • RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • DBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
    • RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
  • WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT)
  • Surry release points are assigned as follows:
  • Release Point 1: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
  • Release Point 2: Process Vent
1. lE the touch screen feature is activated. THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal. THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:

a) Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the ~rocedure.

b) Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen.

c) Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.

NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.

2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired. THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
3. lE a particular terminal malfunctions. THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
4. lE a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.
  • NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.30 USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL 6
  • PAGE 14 of 21 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 9 ENTER MONITOR DATA MANUALLY: (Continued) b ) To uc h CON F!RM c) WHEN RADIATION MONITOR READINGS screen appears. THEN do the following: *
1) Touch the box for each monitor to be entered (one at a time)
2) Enter radiation and flow values for each monitor using EN on the NUM pad (Enter monitor and flow rate values by making two entries on the NUM pad separated by a comma; e.g .. 1E6.25000 for cpm,flow rate)
3) WHEN entry for one monitor is complete. THEN repeat Step 9.c.1 through 9.c.2 unti 1 al 1 monitor data is entered d) WHEN al 1 entries have been made, THEN touch CONFIRM e) GO TO Step 12
  • *.

CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 . 1 MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered before initiating a run. or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct. the CONFIRM b.ox i~

selected to continue model processing. The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:

  • ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT. RESET)

MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)

  • RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
  • RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • DBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
  • RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
  • WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
  • MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT)
  • Surry release points are assigned as follows:
  • Release Point 1: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
  • Release Point 2: Process Vent
1. 1£ the touch screen feature is activated, THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal. THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:

a) Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.

b) Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen.

cl Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.

NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.

2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired. THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
3. l£. a particular terminal malfunctions; THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
4. l£. a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.
  • NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.30 USE GF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL 6 PAGE 15 of 21 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

. ?"

NOTE:

  • An input is required for each active release point.
  • Zero is an acceptable input for radiation level or flow.

~~ 10 ENTER STATION INVENTORY OR SAMPLE DATA:

a) Check if isotopic release RATE a) 1£ isotopic CONCENTRATION is to is to be used be entered, THEN do the following:

1) Select each isotope.
2) Enter concentration using the NUM pad.
3) Enter flow rate in bottom
  • box of center column .
4) GO TO Step 10.c b) Select each isotope Enter release rates (for each selection) using the NUM pad c) Touch CONFIRM after all data c) lf a data entry error was made, has been correctly entered THEN re-enter the correct data using the NUM pad and touch CONFIRM when complete.

d) GO TO Step 12

  • CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered before initiating a run. or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct. the CONFIRM box is selected to continue model processing. The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
  • ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM. EXIT, RESET)

MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM. RESET)

  • RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
  • RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
  • RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
  • MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM. EXIT)
  • Surry release points are assigned as follows:
  • Release Point 1: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
  • Release Point 2: Process Vent
1. lE. the touch screen feature is activated, THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal. THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:

a) Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.

b) Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen.

c) Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positinned.

NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.

2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired, THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
3. l£ a particular terminal malfunctions. THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
4. l£ a terminal lock-up occurs, THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.
  • NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.30 USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL 6 PAGE 16 of 21 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE:
  • The UNKNOWN MIX option may not appear on all OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION screens.
  • CHRRMS (Unit 1: RMS-127/128, Unit 2: RMS-227/228) readings may be used to select MIDAS LOCA accident type.

HOURS CONTAINMENT HIGH RANGE RADIATION AFHR LOCA MONITOR READING (R/hr) 0 ~l. 3E+4 ~4.5E+2 ~1.54 1 ~5.0E+3 ~l.8E+2 ~1.3 2 ~3.7E+3 ~l. 4E+2 ~l. 2 4 ~2.8E+3 ~8.6E+l ~1.0

  • MIDAS ACCIDENT LOCA LOCA LOCA TYPE SELECT,ION MELT GAP PC 11 ENTER ACCIDENT TYPE:

a) Verify OBA ACCIDENT TYPE a) lI accident type screen does SELECTION screen appears NOT appear, THEN GO TO Step 12.

b) Select accident type as specified by RAD/RAC:

  • FUEL HANDLING
  • WGTR (Waste Gas Decay Tank Rupture)
  • LOCKED ROTOR c) Touch CONFIRM

.! "' )

CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30

"

NOTE:* MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered

  • before initiating a run. or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct. the CONFIRM box i~

selected to continue model processing. The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:

  • ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT. RESET)
  • MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
  • WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM. EXIT)
  • Surry release points are assigned as follows:
  • Release Point 1: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "0.00E+OO" based on no containment release.)
  • Release Point 2: Process Vent
1. l I the touch screen feature is activated. THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal. THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:

a) b)

Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.

Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen.

  • c) Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.

NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image)_. which may improve the resolution of ma~s/isopleths.

2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired. THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
3. l I a particular terminal malfunctions. THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
4. l I a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.
  • NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.30 USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL 6
  • PAGE 17 of 21 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 12 ENTER RELEASE TIMING SELECTION:

a) Verify NO "abnormal run" a) lE. recovering from an "abnormal occurred run", THEN GO TO Step 13.e.

b) Check if trip occurred GREATER b) IF time of trip is unknown or THAN 15 minutes ago within the past 15 minutes.

THEN GO TO Step 12.d.

c) Touch TRIP DATE box on the RELEASE TIMING SELECTION screen and enter date and time of trip using the NUM pad d) Check if ti me of start of d) GO TO Step 12.g.

release since trip is known e) Touch RELEASE START MINS SINCE TRIP box f) Enter number of minutes using the NUM pad

  • g) Check if 120 minute release duration is to be used g) IF release duration is known, THEN do the following:
1) Touch DURATION box.
2) Enter number of minutes using the NUM pad.
3) GO TO Step 12. i.

h) Touch DURATION box and enter 120 minutes using the NUM pad i ) Touch CON FIRM j) Verify run is proceeding into j) lE. meteorological data is not calculation mode and data available and the manual entry result screen appears screen appears. THEN RETURN TO Step 3.

1£. error warning messages appear. THEN touch EX IT and RETURN TO Step 2.j.

k) RETURN TO Step 4

  • J*

CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered

  • before initiating a run. or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct.* the CONFIRM Qox is selected to continue model processing. The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
  • ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM. EXIT. RESET)
  • MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM. RESET)
  • RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
  • RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
  • OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
  • RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
  • WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
  • MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM. EXIT)
  • Surry release points are assigned as follows:
  • Release Point 1: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
  • Release Point 2: Process Vent
1. l£. the touch screen feature is ~ctivated. THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal. THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:

a) b)

Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.

Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen.

  • c) Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.

NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.

2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired. THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
3. l£. a particular terminal malfunctions. THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals ..
4. l£. a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.

...

NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REV'I SION EPIP-4.30 USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL 6 PAGE 18 of 21 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 13 RESTART PROCEDURE FOR ABNORMAL RUN:

a) Touch REAL TIME ALL SCREENS DOSE PROJECTIONS box on ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION screen b) Touch CON F!RM c) WHEN the next screen requesting run type and time selection*

information appears. THEN touch CONFIRM without making any changes d) Refer to Step 8 to select a new release option e) Wait for RELEASE TIMING SELECTION screen to appear f) Touch CONFIRM without making any changes g) Verify that the run proceeds g) IE. meteorological data NOT into the cilculation mode available and the manual entry WEATHER SELECTION screen appears. THEN RETURN TO Step 3.

h) RETURN TO Step 4

  • CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 .r 1 NOTE:
  • MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered
  • before initiating a run, or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct. the CONFIRM oox is selected to continue model processing. The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
  • ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT, RESET)
  • MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
  • OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
  • RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM. EXIT)
  • Surry release points are assigned as follows:
  • Release Point 1: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
  • Release Point 2: Process Vent
1. lE the touch screen feature is activated. THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal. THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:

a) Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.

b) Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen.

c) Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.

NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image), which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.

2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired, THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
3. lE a particular terminal malfunctions. THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
4. l£. a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.
  • NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE* REVISION EPIP-4.30 USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL 6 PAGE 19 of 21 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED NOTE:
  • Displays may be graphic or tabular, depending on what was selected in the MORE REPORTS menu. Map features allow the user to put on or take off map overlays using function keys.
  • Instructions at the bottom of all graphic and tabular plume menus provide directions on how to move within them.
  • Graphic displays of plumes should not be used to determine emergency classifications. Instead, use the printed Special Report information.
  • Point of Interest allows the user to select specific points to determine X/0, dose or dose rate values through the location of the terminal cursor. The cursor is moved using the "joy disk" to any location and then th~ space bar is toggled to display values.

14 EVALUATE DISPLAYS:

  • a) Set map scale:
1) Do one of the following:
  • Use default distance (miles)

QR

  • Touch MAP SCALE box and enter miles of interest using NUM pad
2) Touch CONFIRM b) Check use of MAP FEATURtS - b) II use of map features is NOT DESIRED: desired. THEN GO TO Step 14. c.
1) Touch MAP FEATURES
2) Select (highlight) desired options on screen menu
3) Touch CONFIRM (STEP 14 CONTINUED ON NEXT PAGE)
  • CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 NOTE:
  • MIDAS screens have selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered before initiating a run. or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct. the CONFIRM .box i.s selected to continue model processing. The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
  • ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT. RESET)
  • MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
  • RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
  • WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT)
  • Surry release points are assigned as follows:
  • Release Point 1: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for,Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
  • Release Point 2: Process Vent
1. 1£ the touch screen feature is activated, THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal, THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:

a) b)

Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.

Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen.

  • c) Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.

NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.

2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired, THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
3. 1£ a particular terminal malfunctions. THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
4. l.E. a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.

.

  • ,

NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.30 USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL 6 PAGE 20 of 21 STEP ACTION/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED 14 EVALUATE DISPLAYS: (Continued) c) Check enlargement of selected c) IF use of SELECT AREA feature area of display - DESIRED: is NOT desired, THEN GO TO Step 14.d.

1) Touch SELECT AREA
2) Touch screen at two points bounding the desired area
3) Touch RESTORE when use of this function is complete d) Check use of POINT OF INTEREST d) 1£ POINT OF INTEREST feature is feature - DES IRED: NOT desired, THEN GO TO Step 14.e.
1) Touch POINT OF INTEREST, move cursor to desired location using "joy disk",
  • and toggle the space bar (Place mouse cross-hairs at desired point and click)
2) WHEN POINT OF INTEREST function complete, THEN move cursor to bottom right-hand corner of the plot and press the space bar (Place mouse cross-hairs at bottom right corner of plot and click) e) Touch CONTINUE f5 Touch MORE REPORTS g) RETURN TO Step 4.h

~~ 15 CHECK IF MIDAS OPERATIONS CAN BE RETURN TO Step 5.

TERM I NA TED:

  • Event - TERMINATED
  • RAD/RAC directs termination of MIDAS opera ti on
  • CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 MIDAS screens have selection boxes* that may include RESET, CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered
  • before initiating a run, or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct. the CONFIRM box is selected to continue model processing. The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:
  • ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT, RESET)
  • MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM. RESET)
  • OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT)
  • Surry release points are assigned as follows:
  • Release Point 1: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "0.00E+OO" based on no containment release.)
  • Release Point 2: Process Vent
1. lE. the touch screen feature is activated, THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal, THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:

a) b)

Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.

Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen.

  • c) Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.

NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image), which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.

2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired, THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
3. lE. a particular termin-al malfunctions, THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
4. lE. a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.

- I

~* l

>

)

NUMBER PROCEDURE TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.30 USE OF MIDAS CLASS A MODEL 6

  • PAGE 21 of 21 STEP ACTtON/EXPECTED RESPONSE RESPONSE NOT OBTAINED

~~ 16 DISENGAGE SYSTEM:

a) Touch EXIT twice on the ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION screen b) Press "CTRL" and "Z" keys simultaneously c) WHEN "Local>" appears, THEN type LO d) Press RETURN e) Ensure "LOGGED OFF" message appears on screen f) Press START/STOP button (the

  • top button near the lower right front of terminal) g) Ensure START/STOP button -

DISENGAGED

~~ 17 TERMINATE EPIP-4.30:

  • Give completed EPIP-4.30, forms and other applicable records to the Radiological Assessment Director/Coordinator
  • By:

Date:

Time:

-END-

  • CONTINUOUS ACTION PAGE FOR EPIP-4.30 NOTE:
  • MIDAS screens have* selection boxes that may include RESET. CONFIRM and EXIT. The RESET box is used to clear any data that was entered ..

before initiating a run. or to return to a previous screen. When all information on the screen is correct. the CONFIRM bcx i~

selected to continue model processing. The EXIT box exits the modeling process. Selection touch screens include:

  • ACCIDENT RUN MENU SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT. RESET)
  • MISCELLANEOUS PARAMETERS (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • RUN TYPE AND TIME SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • RELEASE OPTION SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • OBA ACCIDENT TYPE SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • RELEASE TIMING SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • WEATHER SELECTION (CONFIRM, RESET)
  • MORE REPORTS SELECTION (CONFIRM, EXIT)
  • Surry release points are assigned as follows:
  • Release Point 1: Containment and Vent Vent (The expressed flow (EX VEL) for Release Point 1 is "O.OOE+OO" based on no containment release.)
  • Release Point 2: Process Vent
1. 1£ the touch screen feature is activated. THEN use the touch screen to make entries IF a "mouse" is connected to the terminal. THEN do the following when instructed to touch the screen during performance of this procedure:

a) b)

Do not touch the screen when prompted to do so by the procedure.

Use the "mouse" to position cross-hairs at desired location on screen.

  • c) Click the "mouse" after cross-hairs are properly positioned.

NOTE: Copying may take over two minutes. Using the CONTROL key with the D COPY/S COPY key will produce light text on a black background (reverse image). which may improve the resolution of maps/isopleths.

2. WHEN a print of an individual screen is desired. THEN press the "D COPY/S COPY" key while the screen is displayed.
3. 1£ a particular terminal malfunctions. THEN dose projections can be made from any one of the other terminals.
4. 1£ a terminal lock-up occurs. THEN refer to Attachment 1 for response actions.

.

  • NUMBER ATTACHMENT TITLE REVISION I

EPIP-4.30 6

  • ATTACHMENT RESPONSE TO TERMINAL LOCK-UP PAGE 1 1 of 1 Perform the following actions. in sequence. to recover from terminal or sy'stem lock-up. The user may return to the procedure upon recovery (i.e. it is not necessary to complete the entire sequence if operation is restored).
1. Enter the letter "E" AND press RETURN.

l£. system accepts commands, THEN RETURN TO procedure.

2. Enter "CTRL Y".

l£. system accepts commands, THEN RETURN TO procedure.

3. Press "RESET" on terminal.

l£. system accepts commands. THEN RETURN TO procedure.

4. Enter "CTRL Y".

l£. system accepts commands. THEN RETURN TO procedure.

5. Turn terminal power OFF and back ON again.

l£. system accepts commands, THEN RETURN TO procedure.

6. Enter "CTRL Y" .

l£. system accepts commands, THEN RETURN TO procedure.

NOTE: The HP and CEOF terminals are normally connected to Server "A".

TSC and LEOF terminals are normally connected to Server "B".

7. Reset the MIDAS terminal servers as follows:

a) Have all users exit MIDAS.

b) Have the power cord for the affected terminal unplugged from the MIDAS terminal server (located in TSC Computer Room MIDAS Cabinet).

c) Plug the power cord back in to the MIDAS terminal server.

d) Wait for approximately 2 minutes while the server loads files from MIDAS and restarts operation. MIDAS will be out of service on at least two terminals during this time.

e) l£. system accepts commands. THEN RETURN TO procedure.

8. Connect to backup (alternate) MIDAS system:

a) Reset terminal by turning terminal power OFF and then back ON again.

b) Press CTRL K keys.

c) WHEN the "Local>" prompt appears, THEN type "C NMIDAS". Make sure to put a space between "C" and "NMIDAS".

d) Return to procedure Step 2.a)l and continue procedure using manually entered monitor and meteorological data.

9. Notify the MIDAS System Manager or Code Authority and the RAD or RAC .
  • *

'

NUMBER ATTACHMENT TITLE REVISION EPIP-4.30 DESIGN BASIS ACCIDENT TECHNICAL OVERVIEW 6

  • ATTACHMENT I PAGE 2 1 of 3
1. MAIN STEAM LINE BREAK:
  • Release duration: 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />. with all activity released in first 1/2 hour.
  • Release from faulted line: 2.15E+5 lb-mass/hr.
  • Release from unaffected steam lines: 0 - 2 hour2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />s= 38.924 lb-mass/hr per line: 2 - 8 hour9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br />s= 41.296 lb-mass/hr per line.
  • Primary and secondary side activity: Technical Specification limits at onset of event.
  • Primary to secondary leak rate: Technical Specification limit, 500 gpd in affected generator. and 1440 gpd (1 gpm) total for all 3 steam generators.
  • Iodine partition factors: Faulted S/G = 1: Intact S/Gs = 0.10.
  • Condenser is assumed unavailable and the following release points apply:

Broken steam line, intact steam line relief valves, and AFWPT.

  • Activity released from broken steam line is distributed among the other 3 remaining release paths: 2 intact reliefs and AFWPT.
  • Concurrent Iodine spike is 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> in duration.
  • 10% of total activity is released via AFWPT. Steam flow to AFWPT: 40.5*

lbs/hr per horsepower. Rated power= 710 horsepower. AFWPT total steam flow= 28.755 lbs/hr.

2. STEAM GENERATOR TUBE RUPTURE:
  • Release duration: 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />.
  • Tubes in the affected steam generator are uncovered at 5 minutes from event initiation, and remain uncovered for 10 minutes.
  • Iodine Partition Factor: 1.0 in affected steam generator: 0.01 in
  • unaffected generators.
  • Primary and secondary side activity: Technical Specification limits at onset of event. .
  • Primary to secondary leak rate: Technical Specific~tion limit, 500 gpd in affected generator, and 1440 gpd (1 gpm) total for all 3 steam generators.
  • Primary coolant release to affected steam generator: 108.381 lbs (0 - 30 minutes).
  • Steam release from affected steam generator: 107,395 lbs from O - 30 minutes. or 2.15E+5 lb-mass/hr.

o Steam release from intact steam generators: 0 - 2 hour2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />s= 38,924 lb-mass/hr per generator: 2 - 8 hour9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br />s= 41.296 lb-mass/hr per generator.

  • Condenser is assumed unavailable and the following release points apply:

faulted generator relief valves. intact steam line relief valves, AFWPT.

If condenser is available, release points are as follows: steam line relief valves (3), AFWPT, Vent Vent 1. and Air Ejector. The Unit 1 Air Ejector vents through Vent Vent 1. The Unit 2 Air Ejector vents via an independent stack.

  • All activity released is distributed among the 3 main steam reliefs and AFWPT.
  • Concurrent Iodine spike is 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> in duration.
  • 10% of total activity is released via AFWPT. Steam flow to AFWPT: 40.5 lbs/hr per horsepower. Rated power = 710 horsepower. AFWPT total steam flow= 28,755 lbs/hr .
  • '

r

'NUMBER ATTACHMENT TITLE REVIS ION EPIP-4.30 DESIGN "BASIS ACCIDENT TECHNICAL OVERVIEW 6

  • ATTACHMENT PAGE 2 2 of 3
3. FUEL HANDLING ACCIDENT (in Fuel Building):
  • Release duration assumed for 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />.
  • Fuel Pool effective Iodine partition factor of 100.
  • Release is through tbe charcoal filtration system. The filters through which the fuel building is exhausted are assumed to be 95% efficient for all species of Iodine.
  • Fuel is not moved until 150 hours0.00174 days <br />0.0417 hours <br />2.480159e-4 weeks <br />5.7075e-5 months <br /> post shutdown(= decay time).
4. WASTE GAS DECAY TANK RUPTURE:
  • Release duration assumed for 15 minutes.
  • Entire contents of tank released at 100% Technical Spe~ification limit (25.000 Ci D.E. Xe-133).
  • 1/2 of release occurs via Process Vent.
  • 1/2 of release occurs via Vent Vent.
5. LOSS OF COOLANT ACCIDENT - MELT:
  • Release duration: 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />.
  • Release paths: Containment (Containment leakage) and Vent Vent 2 (ECCS leakage).
  • Containment airborne source term: 100% core Noble Gases. 25% core Iodines. *
  • Spray removal: 10 hr-1 for elemental Iodine.
  • Containment leak rate: 0.1% per day, 0 to 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> (1.3 cfm).
  • ECCS leakage: 0 gpm. 0 to 5 min.; 964 cc/hour 5 min. to 20 min.;

4800 cc/h~ 20 min to 30 days.

  • Iodine released in building atmosphere from ECCS leakage: 10%.
  • Filter efficiency for safeguards exhaust: 90% elemental Iodine.
6. LOSS OF COOLANT ACCIDENT - PC:
  • RCS concentration assumed at Technical Specification limits.
  • Safeguards filter efficiency: 90% Elemental Iodine.
  • Release duration: 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />.
7. LOSS OF COOLANT ACCIDENT - GAP:
  • 3% core Noble Gases and 2% core Iodines assumed in gap.
  • Safeguards filter efficiency: 90% Elemental Iodine.
  • Release duration: 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />.
8. LOCKED ROTOR:
  • Total release duration: 8 hours9.259259e-5 days <br />0.00222 hours <br />1.322751e-5 weeks <br />3.044e-6 months <br />.
  • Iodine Partition Factor of 100 is assumed for the condenser.
  • Steam flow to AFWPT = 40.5 lbs/hr per horsepower. Rated power 710 horsepower. AFWPT steam flow= 28.755 lbs/hr.
  • Release duration: 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />.

'

1

, .,

-,

. Nt!MBER ATTACHMENT TIT~E REVISION

-

' - EPIP-4.30 DESIGN BASIS ACCIDENT TECHNICAL OVERVIEW 6

  • ATTACHMENT PAGE

. 2 3 of 3

9. MISCELLANEOUS GENERAL ASSUMPTIONS:
  • Vent Vent: Auxiliary Building, Air Ejector(s). Safeguards (filtered).

Fuel Building (filtered). Containment Purge (filtered). Waste Gas Decay Tank area.

  • Process Vent: Waste Gas Decay Tanks, Containment Vacuum.
  • Containment leakage: MIDAS uses the higher of the two CHRRMS monitors to calculate the release.
  • Air Ejector Monitors: MIDAS adds the Air Ejector release to the associated vent vent release. *
  • Main Steam and AFWPT: MIDAS adds the flows from each "open" and "status unknown" valve to calculate the total flow for a particular steam line.

MIDAS sums the releases from all three steam lines and AFWPT to calculate the total release.

  • For Vent Vents and Process Vents. MIDAS uses the highest radiation monitor indication on the affected pathway to calculate dose projections. *
  • For "Quick Dose" defaults: Unidentified mix. ground level. all release points active. and noble gas and iodine.
  • SPS MIDAS FLOW RATES:

PATHWAY FLOW RATES VENT VENT STACK 2: Flow as indicated by FT-VS-116 (for VG-110, VG-131)

ERFCS unknown/bad Oata: o scfm MIDAS default: l. 72 E+5 scfm PROCESS VENT: Flow indicated by FT-GW-100 (for GW-130, GW-102)

ERFCS unknown/bad data:. 0 scfm MIDAS default flow: 300 scfm AIR EJECTOR: TV-SV-103 (-203) open: 25 scfm TV-SV-103 (-203) closed: O scfm TV-SV-103 (-203) ERFCS unknown/bad data: 25 scfm MIDAS default: 25 scfm CONTAINMENT: -containment pressure< 14.7 psia: 0 scfm Containment pressure> 14.7 osia: 1.3 scfm ERFCS unknown/oaa aata: C s:f~

MIDAS aefault: 1.30 scfm MAIN STEAM: The flaw for a:* valves associated witn a specific line'are summed to aetermine the rei-ease rate associated with the radiation monitor for that pathway.

SAFETY VALVES: Valve ooen or ERFCS unknown/bad data: 838,739 lb-mass/hr Valve closeo: o ATMOSPHERIC RELIEFS: Valve open or ERFCS unknown/bad data: 370.618 lb-mass/hr Valve closed: O MIDAS DEFAULT TOTAL: 3.73 E+6 lbs-mass/hr per steam line AFWPT: Flow indicated by FT-MS-100 (-200)

ERFCS unknown/bad data: 0 MIDAS default: 3.7 E+5 lb-mass/hr I